Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management - Bonds / ITM Power

ITM Power

itm · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker itm
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management - Bonds
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · ITM Power
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Leaders in  
green hydrogen

Annual Report and 
Accounts 2022

1

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Welcome

ITM Power manufactures 
integrated hydrogen 
energy solutions to enhance 
the utilisation of renewable 
energy that would 
otherwise be wasted.

Overview
1  Welcome
2 

FY22 Highlights

Investment Case

Statement from the Chair of the Board

Strategic Report
4  
5   REFHYNE
6  
8   Chief Executive Officer’s Review
12   Chief Financial Officer’s Review
15   Our Market
17   Our Strategy
18   Our Business Model
19   Our Stakeholders and Section 172(1) Statement
24   Sustainable Energy, Engineered Sustainably
30   Principal Risks and Uncertainties
36   Going Concern

Governance
38  
Introduction from the Chair of the Board
39   Summary of Application of the QCA Code
41   Board of Directors
44   Corporate Governance Report
51   Audit Committee Report
55   Remuneration Report
68   Directors’ Report
70   Directors’ Responsibilities Statement

Financial Statements
72 

Independent Auditor’s Report 
to the Members of ITM Power PLC

78  Financial Statements

Shareholder Information
113  Glossary
114   Officers, Professional Advisors and Useful Contacts

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 20222

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

FY22 Highlights 

Green hydrogen 
will help lead 
the world towards 
decarbonisation.

755 MW

Order backlog for our products 
(2021: 421 MW)

£(39.8)m

Adjusted EBITDA
(2021: £(21.4) million)

£5.6m

Revenue 
(2021: £4.3 million)

£1.4m

Core product research spend, 
with a further £7.0 million on 
development (2021: £3.5 million 
and £1.5 million respectively)

£4.1m

Capital expenditure 
invested in the year

£366m

Net cash
(2021: £176 million)

388

Employees at year end

50%

Reduction in RIDDOR incidents 
per employee in the last year
(number of RIDDOR incidents: 
2022: 1; 2021: 1)

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 20223

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Strategic 
Report

In this section
Investment Case
4 
REFHYNE
5 
Statement from the Chair of the Board
6 
8 
Chief Executive Officer’s Review
12  Chief Financial Officer’s Review
15  Our Market
17  Our Strategy
18  Our Business Model
19 
24 
30  Principal Risks and Uncertainties
36  Going Concern

 Our Stakeholders and Section 172(1) Statement
 Sustainable Energy, Engineered Sustainably

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 20224

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Investment Case

An attractive market

A portfolio of products

Reference plant

Net zero is the internationally agreed goal for mitigating global 
warming by 2050. Geopolitical uncertainty has accelerated the need 
for both energy and food security. Electrolysers, when coupled with 
renewable power are the only vehicle through which green 
hydrogen can be produced.

We produce three core products. Plug & Play contains everything 
needed for small scale green hydrogen production; all a customer 
needs to do is connect water and power. For larger projects we 
produce a range of stacks, which can be modularised to provide 
scale to larger projects.

We have been manufacturing electrolysis equipment for many years 
and have deployed plant across the world. Learnings, both by ourselves 
and our customers, enhance and improve the future development and 
deployment of our electrolysers.

Well capitalised

Scalability

Partnerships

We raised £250 million in November 2021 and at our year end we had 
£365 million of net cash on the balance sheet. This capital will enable 
us to invest to meet what we expect to be significant demand for our 
electrolysers over coming years as the race to decarbonise accelerates.

Our factory at Bessemer Park, Sheffield is one of the largest 
electrolyser manufacturing facilities in the world. By early 2023, 
capacity will be around 700 MW and future capacity will be increased 
to 1.5 GW. The remodelling at Bessemer Park includes process and 
equipment enhancements, all of which feed into a blueprint for future 
factory openings.

Our partnerships with companies such as Shell, Linde and 
ScottishPower have evolved over many years. These partnerships 
confirm our leading technologies and capabilities. As the green 
hydrogen value chain aligns, we would expect further partnerships 
to manifest.

ITM Power Service

EPC through ILE

Our people

Today we provide 24/7 support from our control centre at Bessemer 
Park. Collection and collation of performance information and data 
enables a virtuous circle of reliability, availability and maintenance 
outcomes which in turn provides value to and enhances the 
relationship with our customers.

Engineering, Procurement and Construction (EPC) is a vital component 
of the hydrogen value chain. Through our joint venture with Linde, ITM 
Linde Electrolysis GmbH (ILE), we have access to unrivalled knowledge 
and skills which de-risks the design and build out of projects, in 
particular, larger projects.

People do not join ITM Power just for a job, they join because they are 
passionate about our vision and they are determined to help us make 
an everlasting difference to the planet. We have a highly skilled team 
working at the cutting edge of technology.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 20225

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Case study 

REFHYNE

The REFHYNE 10MW 
first-of-a-kind installation 
and commissioning saw 
ITM Power develop a 2 MW 
stack module based on the 
Company’s MEP stack 
platform and then 
demonstrate scalability by 
integrating five modules 
to achieve the 10 MW 
nameplate capacity. 

“Not only has this project met or 
exceeded almost all of the EU 2020 
targets – those applying when the 
first phase of REFHYNE was designed 
and commissioned – but it has in 
two key measures achieved or 
surpassed the newer EU targets for 
2024 by demonstrating current 
density of 3.0A/cm2 which meets 
the EU target for 2024 and stack 
efficiency for current densities up 
to 2.2A/cm2 which exceeds the EU 
target for 2024.

“This is a fantastic achievement by 
the REFHYNE team here in the UK, 
in Germany and in Norway and 
I congratulate them all.”

The performance data show that 
REFHYNE I:
 – Achieved market-leading current 
density of 3.0A/cm2 (EU 2020 
target of 2.2A/cm2)

 – Achieved stack efficiency of 
52.63kWh/kg at 2.2A/cm2 
(EU 2020 target of 55kWh/kg)
 – Achieved FCH2 efficiency target 

of 52kWh/kg over ~70% of 
operational range

 – Can project an average stack 

efficiency of 49.34kWh/kg at 50% 
load (in dynamic operation)

Responding to the data, Dr Graham 
Cooley, CEO of ITM Power, said: 
“REFHYNE I is demonstrating the 
robust performance and efficiency 
that we and partner Shell expected. 
The data represent an endorsement 
of our technology road map and 
delivers confidence that we can 
scale up our products to address the 
next generation of projects in the 
hundreds of megawatts.

This project has received funding from the Fuel Cells and Hydrogen 2 Joint Undertaking (now Clean 
Hydrogen Partnership) under grant agreement No 779579. This Joint Undertaking receives support from 
the European Union’s Horizon 2020 research and innovation programme, Hydrogen Europe and Hydrogen 
Europe research.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 20226

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Statement from the Chair of the Board

The case for green 
hydrogen produced 
by electrolysis 
strengthened 
significantly over 
the last year. 

Our ambitions today remain as strong as ever but after 
careful consideration we have taken the important 
decision to review our manufacturing strategy. This 
has been brought into even sharper relief by current 
geopolitical instability, high inflation and economic 
uncertainty.

We have decided to redefine the timing of the 
expansion of our capacity. While it remains our 
aspiration, we recognise that given cost escalation, 
supply constraints, and time delays it might not be 
possible to reach 5 GW by the end of 2024. Capital 
discipline has to be at the heart of every investment 
decision we make and having an explicit capacity target 
by a defined date could lead us to capital investment 
decisions that are not right for our business.

For the same reasons, we have looked again at our plans 
to build a second factory in the UK, at Aviation Park, and 
have decided that the timing is not right to proceed 
with this in the immediate future. Instead, capacity at 
Bessemer Park will be rapidly expanded, with around 
700 MW of capacity available by early 2023, followed 
by further early expansion of up to a total capacity of 
1.5 GW, which can be achieved by around eight months 
after the time the expansion decision is made. We 
believe this is a much more efficient use of capital, and 
a more realistic near-term plan. The CEO’s Review, 
which follows, sets this out in a little more detail.

The macro picture
The case for green hydrogen produced by electrolysis 
strengthened significantly over the last year. In addition 
to global initiatives and commitments to address climate 
change, the role of green hydrogen to address energy 
security and price volatility has moved up the global 
political agenda. The events in Ukraine, and the 
subsequent sanctions on Russia have created price 
spikes in hydrocarbons and in fertilisers. The cost of 
green hydrogen in many parts of the world is now at 
parity with the cost of grey hydrogen, which together 
with the increased desire for energy security and 
independence, should accelerate the replacement of 
grey hydrogen by green hydrogen, the only net zero gas, 
whilst at the same time, reducing energy cost volatility.

Geopolitical developments have resulted in a further 
increase in demand for large scale electrolysis projects 
to produce green hydrogen. The Board believes that 
the twin drivers of achieving net zero targets and the 
increasing need for energy and food security represent 
endorsements of our strategy to increase production 
capacity. 

Scaling for the future
In November 2021, we raised £250 million to expand 
our manufacturing capacity to 5 GW by 2024, to develop 
our core products and to accelerate our technology 
capabilities and to continue investment in organisational 
development as we scale towards global manufacturing. 
Just like the energy industry, ITM Power is going through 
a transition which includes changes to our internal 
processes and procedures, which are being enabled by 
the recruitment of many highly skilled and experienced 
people who will enhance our competencies and 
capabilities across all areas of the Group.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 20227

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Statement from the Chair of the Board continued

Our products
Our technology continues to develop. Our latest stack 
platform, MEP 2.0, increases pressure, efficiency and 
output. This technology will be showcased for the first 
time through the 24 MW Leuna project. Unfortunately, 
delivery of this project has been delayed due to a 
number of factors, including supply chain constraints, 
changes to Leuna’s site requirements, and both 
manufacturing and testing delays. Delays are to some 
extent understandable given we are delivering a 
first-of-a-kind product into a commercial project. 
The impact this had on our results is discussed in 
more detail in the CFO’s Review.

Our product range will continue to develop and Linde 
announced at its Green Hydrogen webinar in July 2022 
the development of a larger system module. This has 
been jointly designed and will enable five MEP 2.0 stack 
skids to be integrated into a single module that can be 
deployed into large projects.

We have also been awarded a contract by The 
Department for Business, Energy and Industrial Strategy 
(BEIS), under its Net Zero Innovation Portfolio Low 
Carbon Hydrogen Supply 2 Competition, to accelerate 
the commercial deployment of our next generation 
platform and its manufacture. This follows the 
publication of a report highlighting the progress made 
to date and describing the pathway to a final investment 
decision (FID) and commercial operation of a 100 MW 
scale electrolyser system powered by offshore wind 
in 2025.

Our people
We have continued to build our team and have been 
very fortunate to have attracted highly talented 
individuals in all departments. Today we employ over 
430 people and have a growing apprentice scheme, 
which has proven to be a great success.

Dr Graham Cooley has decided to step aside from his 
position as CEO after 13 years in post, during which time 
he has led the Company through very significant growth 
and development. He will remain in position until a 
successor is appointed, and thereafter assume a senior 
strategic role in the Company, reporting to me and the 
new CEO. We wish to place on record our enormous 
gratitude and respect for his leadership over the years. 
We are delighted that we will continue to benefit 
from his immense experience and expertise in the 
hydrogen sector. 

Tom Rae, the representative of J.C.B. Research, a 
significant shareholder in ITM Power, resigned as a 
Non-Executive Director in November 2021 following 
completion of the fundraise which resulted in J.C.B. 
Research’s shareholding falling below the threshold 
giving it the right to appoint a Non-Executive Director. 
I’m sure I speak for the whole Board when I thank 
Tom for his contribution during his year as a 
Non-Executive Director.

I am delighted Denise Cockrem agreed to join us as a 
Non-Executive Director from 25 July 2022. She combines 
a strong history of knowledge and experience of 
accounting with valuable experience in the renewable 
energy sector. She will bring directly relevant skills to the 
governance and future development of the Company. 
I look forward to working with her.

Our partners
Our strategic partnerships should enable us to capture 
a material share of the global green hydrogen market 
as its growth further accelerates over the coming years. 
I look forward to updating shareholders on our progress 
for what should be another exciting year.

As always, I would like to end by thanking all of our 
stakeholders – staff, partners, shareholders and our 
communities – for their help, support and enthusiasm 
in helping us to create today’s ITM Power, a recognised 
world leader in electrolysis technology and a creator of 
jobs and value in the UK. Here’s to the future.

Sir Roger Bone
Chair of the Board

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 20228

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Chief Executive Officer’s Review

During 2022, 
hydrogen has 
increasingly 
emerged as 
the core 
component 
of world 
governments’ 
energy transition 
strategies.

Introduction
During 2022, hydrogen has increasingly emerged as 
a core component of world governments’ energy 
transition strategies. Green hydrogen produced by 
electrolysis from renewable power is pivoting from 
demonstration and trial projects to intent and action 
as the world seeks to achieve increasingly legislated 
net zero targets.

However, in the short term, and across Europe for 
example, large projects are being delayed due to a lack 
of FIDs. A number of the EU’s ‘important projects of 
common European interest’ (IPCEIs) in the hydrogen 
sector fall into this large project category and whilst EU 
funding is available for such projects, until factors such 
as subsidies and incentive schemes are announced, 
there remains a risk of further FID delays.

This is a new market, with Proton Exchange Membrane 
(PEM) electrolysis at the cutting edge of the solutions to 
reach net zero. As such, we have continued to invest in 
technology development to address a market that 
demands performance and scale. In parallel, we have 
sought to increase manufacturing capacity as the 
technology is maturing. This dynamic has led to the need 
to manage the inherent uncertainty of rapid technology 
and production scale-up.

Due, in part, to the tragedy unfolding in Ukraine, 
governments are also now recognising that green 
hydrogen has a vital role to play in strengthening energy 
security, whilst at the same time, given the role that 
methane plays in the food value chain, the need to 
improve food security has also risen high on the agenda 
with increasing demand for green ammonia to produce 
fertilisers. Investment in renewables is also accelerating 
as governments around the world target an increasing 
share of renewables in their energy mix. These factors 
are combining to accelerate the demand for 
electrolysers.

Performance
We were disappointed that the revenue from the 
Leuna project was not recognised in the year, being 
delayed into the next financial year. However, the 
lessons learned from building this latest generation 
of electrolysis equipment will ensure that our future 
competencies and capabilities are enhanced. Our gross 
loss also widened in the year reflecting increased costs 
on committed contracts, much of which was associated 
with first-of-a-kind plant or technology improvement. 
We have also not yet fully realised the benefit of our 
decision to stop undertaking EPC work. More widely, 
the lessons learned include the need to consider carefully 
introducing any technology development on the critical 
path of projects, and as such we will focus in future on 
selling validated products, which we see as world-leading. 
The focus on recruiting staff to support delivery has 
resulted in overheads staying broadly consistent with 
the prior year, with the increase in staff being deployed 
either to delivery (cost of sales) or future value creation 
(product development). Further details are discussed in 
the CFO’s Review.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 20229

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Chief Executive Officer’s Review continued

The market for green hydrogen 
The green hydrogen market has been propelled onto 
centre stage of the global energy market with the 
unfortunate events in Ukraine. Nations around the world 
are taking action to shift away from expensive and scarce 
methane as soon as possible. This is underlined by the 
recent REPowerEU energy security plan which aims to 
transform Europe’s energy system. The measures in the 
plan set a target of 10 million tonnes per annum of 
domestic renewable hydrogen production and 10 million 
tonnes per annum of imports by 2030 to replace 
methane, coal and oil in hard-to-decarbonise industries 
and transport sectors. The 20 million tonnes per annum 
total is equivalent to 200 GW of electrolysis by 2030.

In the UK, the Government has also responded by 
doubling its initial 5 GW of blue and green hydrogen 
target to 10 GW of low-carbon hydrogen, of which a 
minimum of 5 GW will be green hydrogen. This is good 
news for the UK as it looks to bolster energy security, 
energy storage and sustainability, and good news for 
ITM Power with our technology leadership in PEM 
electrolysis.

The US House of Representatives has recently 
approved the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 (US IRA), 
a $369 billion package dedicated to decarbonise the 
United States. The bill will provide incentives for clean 
energy technologies with tax incentives being the 
primary mechanism, which should add long-term 
certainty to clean energy markets, thereby attracting 
significant investment. A tax credit for ‘qualified green 
hydrogen’ would pay up to $3 per kilogram depending 
on the levels of life cycle emissions and staff wages. 
This will have the effect of improving the viability of 
a significant number of projects in the US, thereby 
accelerating demand for green hydrogen products.

Across the world, more and more countries have 
announced hydrogen strategies. According to Bloomberg 
New Energy Finance, the 30 countries that have now 
announced hydrogen strategies plan to build a total 
of 73.8 GW of electrolysers by 2030.

The largest industrial users of grey hydrogen are the oil 
refining and fertiliser sectors, accounting for upwards 
of 70 million tonnes consumed per annum. With our 
24 MW system deploying to Leuna Energy Park (refining), 
and this system being replicated for deployment at the 
Norwegian Yara Porsgrunn plant (ammonia), we are at 
the forefront of the move to decarbonise the most 
intensive users of industrial hydrogen. These two 
projects will form key reference plants for further 
large-scale projects in these sectors globally. 

Backlog and pipeline 

Work in progress1
Contracts backlog2

September 
2022 
MW
77
755

September 
2021 
MW
43
421

% change
79
79

1.  Work in progress, contracted backlog.
2.   Contracts backlog, contracted backlog and contracts in the final stages of 

negotiation and preferred supplier backlog.

As at 1 June 2022, we had a record backlog of 755 MW, 
a year-on-year increase of 160%. New orders in the year 
included the sale of a 2 MW electrolyser (increased 
from the original 1.4 MW sale) to Sumitomo, a strategic 
partner, for Tokyo Gas, our first deployment in Japan.

In October 2021, we announced that the REFHYNE II 
consortium had been awarded a grant of €32.4 million 
by CINEA (the European Climate, Infrastructure and 
Environment Executive Agency) for the development of 
a 100 MW electrolyser to be sited at Shell’s Energy and 
Chemicals Park, Rheinland and which will be used to 
produce sustainable aviation fuel. REFHYNE II is the 
follow-on project to the successful 10 MW REFHYNE I 
project, Europe’s largest PEM hydrogen electrolyser, 
which began operations in July 2022. ITM is a key 
member of the 100 MW REFHYNE II consortium, and the 
project will see an engineering design phase which will 
be followed by a FID expected in late 2022 with delivery 
then scheduled for 2024.

In November 2021, the Green Hydrogen for Scotland 
Consortium, of which we are a member, received UK 
Government funding to support investment for the first 
phase of development for ScottishPower’s 20 MW 
Whitelee Windfarm hydrogen production and storage 
facility. Also in November, we announced a 12 MW 
electrolyser sale, however the location and customer 
identity are restricted due to commercial sensitivities. 

This was followed in January 2022 by our first project in 
the key ammonia market, the world’s largest consumer 
of hydrogen, with the sale of a 24 MW electrolyser to 
Linde Engineering to be installed at the Porsgrunn site 
operated by Yara, about 140 kilometres southwest of 
Oslo. The site covers an area of approximately 1.5 square 
kilometres and is the largest industrial site in Norway. 
The Porsgrunn site produces three million tonnes of 
fertiliser per year and is one of Norway’s largest sources 
of CO2 emissions outside the oil and gas industry, 
emitting around 800,000 tonnes per year. The 
electrolysis plant will provide enough hydrogen to 
produce 20,500 tonnes of ammonia per year, which can 
be converted to between 60,000 and 80,000 tonnes of 
green fertiliser. The hydrogen required for ammonia 
production is currently produced from steam methane 
reforming (SMR). Yara intends to start replacing this grey 
hydrogen with green hydrogen. The 24 MW system 
supplying 10,368 kilograms per day of hydrogen will 
account for approximately 5% of the plant’s consumption 
and serve as a feasibility study for future upscaling. 

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 2022 
 
 
10

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Chief Executive Officer’s Review continued

Also in January 2022, we were pleased to announce that 
our wholly-owned subsidiary, ITM Power GmbH, had 
been approved for a €1.95 million (approximately 
£1.6 million) award for the SINEWAVE project, as part of 
the German Federal Ministry of Education and 
Research´s (BMBF) hydrogen flagship project H2Giga that 
focuses on technology development for series 
production and industrialisation of electrolysis systems. 
The project runs to March 2025 and is the first time we 
have accessed German federal funding. In our trading 
update in June, we announced that this project will 
support the development of ITM Power Service, 
an aftermarket focused customer support business 
based in Germany designed to provide full product 
life cycle support of deployed electrolyser systems. 

All of our existing aftermarket operations, including the 
Group’s 24/7 UK Remote Support Centre will be merged 
into one focused organisation with new headquarters in 
Linden, ideally located in Hessen, which is a recognised 
transit state within Germany with excellent motorway 
links and local infrastructure. The facility will house spare 
parts, including core PEM stack technology, to ensure 
high service levels and rapid deployment capability 
to systems in Europe. The organisation will be led 
by Philip Wilson as Technical Director and Calum 
McConnell as Commercial Director, both long-term 
ITM Power staff members. 

In May 2022, RWE announced that it will be using an ITM 
Power 4 MW electrolyser, made up of two of our 3MEP 
Cube products, as part of a pilot project at their Lingen 
facility. This pilot forms part of RWE’s Growing Green 
strategy announced in November 2021, which plans to 
create 2 GW of green hydrogen capacity by 2030.

Production capacity strategy 
As the Statement from the Chair of the Board reports, 
we have decided to amend our ambitions for the timing 
of our target to have 5 GW of production capacity and 
have reviewed our plans to open a second UK factory at 
Aviation Park.

Our ambitions are as strong as they have ever been, 
the outlook for the green hydrogen economy has never 
looked better and as such these decisions have not been 
taken lightly. In the case of the 5 GW target, we need to be 
nimble and flexible, and we want to ensure investment 
decisions are correct and right for the business and 
considered fully before capital is committed.

With regard to Aviation Park, the current business 
climate and cost escalation have caused us to review our 
original plans. We believe in the near-term that extending 
the total capacity at Bessemer Park up to 1.5 GW is a 
better use of capital with commensurately improved 
near-medium term cash flows.

Available annual capacity at Bessemer Park will be 
ramped up to around 700 MW over the next six months. 
The factory has been reconfigured such that the final part 
of the expansion, to 1.5 GW, is planned to be achieved 
within the next two financial years but could be 
accelerated to within eight months from the time 
we take the expansion decision.

Capital investment at Bessemer Park, which is a 
leasehold site, has totalled circa £16 million to 30 April 
2022. Over the next two financial years, we expect 
further investment of around £13 million, which will 
take us up to 1.5 GW of annual capacity. Many of our 
manufacturing processes have been reengineered and 
we will continue to introduce more automation, 
particularly around the core stack product to improve 
consistency and reduce waste. Finally, we are working 
to identify new testing facilities to allow product 
testing and future product validation work to be 
significantly upscaled.

Technology 
Our technology roadmap is focused on increasing 
efficiency, reducing cost (both operational expenditure 
and capital expenditure) and expanding production 
capacity of our electrolyser products. Product development 
at ITM Power is continual and includes, amongst others 
things, increased current density, improved membrane 
materials, ultra-low catalyst loadings, in-house component 
preparation and the adoption of automated assembly.

We have applied technology improvements to the next 
generation of 2 MW stack modules, internally known 
as MEP 2.0, which are being deployed in the 24 MW 
electrolyser for the Leuna Chemical Complex in Germany 
and thereafter at the Porsgrunn site operated by Yara. 
This latest generation of 2 MW stack modules represents 
a step change in performance with a 10% improvement 
in efficiency and a 50% increase in operating pressure to 
30 bar, reducing both electrolyser operating cost and 
energy consumption associated with downstream 
hydrogen compression.

Recently, Linde announced the development of a larger 
system module, which has been designed in partnership 
with ITM Power. This will use MEP 2.0 stacks, configured 
into skids of three stacks and then packaged as a 
five-skid module thereby creating a 10 MW electrolyser 
module. The 10 MW modules will then be deployed in 
multiple batches for large projects.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 2022 
 
11

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Chief Executive Officer’s Review continued

Development of our next generation platform 
commenced in 2019 with the completion of a feasibility 
study funded by the BEIS Hydrogen Supply Competition. 
This was followed by a second phase, also funded by the 
BEIS Hydrogen Supply Competition, and covered two 
streams: a Front End Engineering Design (FEED) study for 
a 100 MW deployment at Phillips66 and Ørsted and the 
development and validation of our 5 MW stack platform. 
This phase concluded during the year with visits from 
project partners Phillips66, Ørsted and Element Energy, 
along with the UK Energy Minister and BEIS officials, to 
Bessemer Park when we presented our findings and 
showcased the first test station and prototype stack.

Shortly after the year end, we announced the award 
of a contract by BEIS, under its Net Zero Innovation 
Portfolio Low Carbon Hydrogen Supply 2 Competition, 
to accelerate the commercial deployment of our next 
generation platform and its manufacture. The award 
for the project was for £9.3 million.

The development and testing programme for our next 
generation platform includes both component level and 
full-scale evaluation and will remain ongoing as part of 
our technology roadmap and continuous improvement 
of our product suite. This platform is larger than our 
state-of-the-art MEP system and it will undergo rigorous 
testing in representative conditions to validate the 
performance through real-world conditions, ensuring 
the technology is ready for large-scale commercialisation.

Motive 
In March, a strategic partnership agreement was made 
with Vitol for wholly-owned subsidiary ITM Motive 
Limited (now Motive Fuels Limited), trading as Motive, 
to become a 50/50 joint venture between ITM Power 
and Vitol.

Vitol is a leader in the energy sector with a presence 
across the spectrum: from oil through to gas, power, 
renewables and carbon. Vitol will invest up to 
£30 million, which will be matched by a similar 
investment from ITM Power. Motive owns all UK public 
hydrogen refuelling stations constructed by ITM Power. 
It was set up as a Group division in 2020 and became a 
separate legal entity in May 2021. It operates with its 
own board, comprising three directors from ITM Power 
and three from Vitol.

As part of the transaction, Motive has entered into a 
framework agreement with ITM Power, under which 
Motive appoints ITM Power as its preferred supplier for 
up to 240 MW of electrolysis equipment to support 
Motive with the development and roll-out of new green 
hydrogen refuelling stations. Motive has also appointed 
Vitol as its preferred supplier for up to 240 MW of 
electricity demand, which will provide green power to 
the network of new refuelling stations.

Vitol shares Motive’s belief that the market for hydrogen 
in transport is on the cusp of rapid expansion, supported 
by government incentives to accelerate transportation 
decarbonisation. This partnership will help facilitate the 
rapid scaling up of production, distribution and demand 
stimulation for hydrogen to transportation. Vitol is 
aligned with Motive’s strategy to target the building of 
large refuelling stations for heavy duty vehicles, such as 
trucks and buses. Over the past 18 months, Motive has 
been working to develop deep relationships with a small 
number of blue-chip heavy goods users in the UK and 
aims to develop standard 4 MW sites around the UK.

Outlook
We are on the verge of a major energy and industrial 
step-change. I describe it as the fourth industrial 
revolution, one of interconnectivity and automation, 
powered by Net Zero, and ITM Power is playing a key 
role in supporting this revolution.

It has been a privilege to lead ITM Power through its 
transition from an R&D business to a world leading 
electrolyser manufacturing company. No CEO can 
remain in place indefinitely and now, as we seek to 
become a global manufacturing powerhouse, is a good 
time for me to step aside and hand over to someone 
with more experience in this area.

The whole team at ITM Power has been a pleasure to 
work with and I look forward to working with the new 
CEO and continuing my involvement with the Group.

Dr Graham Cooley
Chief Executive Officer

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202212

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Chief Financial Officer’s Review

2022 was 
another busy 
year for ITM 
Power, with 
manufacturing 
ramp up at 
Bessemer Park 
starting to pick 
up in the second 
half of the year.

Introduction
FY22 was another busy year for ITM Power, with 
manufacturing ramp up at Bessemer Park starting 
to pick up in the second half of the financial year. 
We also continued to work very closely with all 
strategic partners, especially our route to market 
for larger projects, Linde Engineering. 

In November 2021, we completed a successful equity 
fundraise of net £243 million which was well supported 
and underpinned our strategy to scale manufacturing 
capacity, aligned with demand, in the medium term. 
In the near term, the fundraise has enabled us to 
invest in accelerating technological development and 
organisational capability, start to ramp up production 
capability, to enhance our lead times and competitive 
positioning. This in turn revealed pressure points within 
the supply chain and Bessemer Park manufacturing 
processes, which whilst in the process of being resolved 
has led to revenue recognition for certain projects, and 
most notably the 24 MW Leuna project, being deferred 
beyond the year end.

Shortly before the year end, in late March 2022, 
we also announced that we had concluded a strategic 
partnership agreement with Vitol for our wholly-owned 
subsidiary ITM Motive Limited (now Motive Fuels 
Limited), trading as Motive, to become a 50/50 joint 
venture owned between ITM Power and Vitol. Vitol will 
invest up to £30 million in the venture, which will be 
matched by a similar investment from ITM Power. This 
will allow us to focus on executing our current contracts 
and developing core competencies as a manufacturer, 
ready for growth as demand is realised. From now on, 
the Group will account for its 50% share of profits or 
losses from Motive, as it does with its 50% share of ILE. 

Further information about the Board’s consideration of 
the Motive joint venture is available in Our Stakeholders 
and Section 172(1) Statement on page 21. 

Finally, we have continued to make significant 
investment in both the core technology and in the 
manufacturing site, Bessemer Park, as well as our 
people, during FY22 to support our future growth 
ambitions and retain our position as one of the world’s 
leading PEM electrolyser manufacturers.

Key financials
A summary of the Group’s key financials is set out in the 
table below:

Year to 30 April 
Revenue
Gross loss
Pre-tax loss
Adjusted EBITDA1
Property, plant and 
equipment plus 
intangible assets
Inventory
Work-in-progress 
(WIP)
Net cash
Net assets

2022
£m
5.6
(23.5)
(46.7)
(39.8)

24.7
24.3

7.9
365.9
395.0

2021
£m
4.3
(6.5)
(27.6)
(21.4)

16.8
3.9

2.5
176.1
197.4

2020
£m
3.3
(5.8)
(29.5)
(18.1)

8.7
3.3

1.1
39.9
55.8

1.   Adjusted EBITDA in a non-statutory measure. The calculation methodology 

is included below.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202213

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Chief Financial Officer’s Review continued

Non-financial key performance indicators
We also use the following non-financial performance 
indicators to consider our performance over time:

Year to 30 April
MW in backlog
MW in WIP
MW output1

2022
680
75

11

2021
290
43
Not  
recorded

2020
43
14
Not  
recorded

1.  MW output has become a key metric considered during the year as the 

Group moved towards execution of more projects.

Financial performance 
Revenue
The principal ways in which we generate revenue and 
income are through product sales, consulting contracts 
(FEED and feasibility studies), maintenance contracts and 
grant funding. 

Revenues of £5.6 million (FY21: £4.3 million) were 
generated in the year. Product revenue of £2.0 million 
(FY21: £1.7 million) related to delivery of two electrolyser 
products in Australia, as well as the progression of our 
REFHYNE I project for Shell. Consultancy revenue of 
£2.9 million (FY21: £2.1 million) predominantly stemmed 
from the design and proof of concept project commissioned 
by BEIS for the next generation stack platform. 

Fuel sales during the year were £229,000 (FY21: £153,000) 
with the comparative period reflecting the effects of last 
year’s lockdowns. Following the announced Motive joint 
venture with Vitol, the entity will be equity accounted 
for going forward.

We had expected to be able to recognise the revenue 
from the sale, via Linde, to Leuna of 24 MW of electrolyser 
modules, but revenue is now expected to be recognised 
in FY23. This delay was attributable to scale-up challenges 
presented by the deployment of our MEP 2.0 technology, 
coupled with some local supply chain constraints. 
In collaboration with Linde, the delivery method for the 
modules was amended. As such, under accounting 
standard IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers, 
the product will remain in WIP until later in the product 
delivery cycle, when the product is transferred to 
the customer.

The Group generated a gross loss of £23.5 million 
(FY21: £6.5 million loss). Gross loss was adversely 
affected by cost overruns on the REFHYNE I and Leuna 
projects. REFHYNE I is a project where we carried out 
all of the EPC, a role that is now carried out by Linde 
Engineering. The Leuna project is the first to use the 
latest MEP 2.0 generation technology. The lessons 
learned from both these first-of-a-kind projects have 
led to a sharper focus on validation timing, costings, 
and testing capability which we expect to improve 
as production of MEP 2.0 ramps up. 

Losses
The adjusted EBITDA loss1 was £39.8 million 
(FY21: £21.4 million). This was impacted by various 
factors: the loss at the gross margin level referred to 
above, as well as costs associated with production ramp 
up at Bessemer Park and the overhead increase, mostly 
as a result of recruitment of skills during the year, with an 
emphasis on manufacturing and delivery resource. 

The loss before tax was £46.7 million (FY21: £27.6 million) 
and basic and diluted loss per share of 8.1p (FY21: loss of 
5.5p per share). 

Cash burn 
Cash burn1 increased to £53.3 million (FY21: £37.7 million). 
This was principally impacted by £7.0 million of product 
development associated with MEP 2.0 and GEP 1.0, a 
£25.8 million increase in WIP and inventory build, and 
£4.1 million for additional production equipment for 
the Bessemer Park factory. 

1.   Management uses the non-statutory measures adjusted EBITDA and cash 

burn to better reflect underlying performance. Cash burn is a non-statutory 
measure the directors use to monitor the Group, and is calculated by 
deducting from annual cash flow the effects of any equity fund raise after 
costs. Adjusted EBITDA is a primary measure used across the business to 
provide a consistent measure of trading performance. The adjustment to 
EBITDA removes certain non-cash items, such as share based payments, to 
provide a key metric to the users of the financial statements as it represents 
a useful milestone that is reflective of the performance of the business 
resulting from movements in revenue, gross margin and the cash costs of 
the business. We have set out below how we calculate adjusted EBITDA 
(see also Note 6 for more information).

Loss from operations
Add back:
Depreciation
Impairment
Amortisation
Loss on disposal
Fair value loss on loan notes
Share-based payment charge 
(Note 25)
Adjusted EBITDA

2022
£000
(44,736)

2021
£000
(26,657)

2,340
–
849
–
344

2,321
1,713
274
173
–

1,429
(39,774)

799
(21,377)

Financial position: positioned for the future 
Current assets increased to £423.6 million 
(FY21: £205.5 million). This was principally as a 
result of the fundraise of £250 million in November 
2021, which resulted in year-end cash of £365.9 million 
(FY21: £176.1 million), and an increase in inventories to 
£32.2 million (FY21: £6.4 million) as the Group stocked 
up on raw materials to deliver its order pipeline and 
saw WIP increase ahead of the delivery of the Leuna 
and other projects.

Trade and other receivables were £25.5 million 
(FY21: £23.0 million) including £10.3 million 
(FY21: £4.9 million) of prepayments to suppliers for 
long-lead time items required on the Group’s build 
projects. Trade and other payables increased to 
£34.3 million (FY21: £12.9 million), driven by an 
increase of £10.5 million in deferred sales income 
principally from the Leuna project.

Fixed assets increased to £34.5 million 
(FY21: £23.6 million) reflecting a £2.1 million rise 
in property, plant and equipment and £5.8 million 
of additional intangible assets, with the rest 
from investments. 

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202214

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Chief Financial Officer’s Review continued

Capitalised development costs increased 
significantly during the year, reflecting the Group’s 
focus on launching updated or new core products: 
the MEP 2.0 and the GEP 1.0. In FY22, the Group 
capitalised £6.8 million of additional development 
costs (FY21: £1.5 million) resulting in total capitalised 
development and know-how costs at year end of 
£9.1 million (FY21: £3.2 million).

The Group also recognised an increase in both 
payables and provisions. Payables rose to £34.3 million 
(FY21: £12.9 million), reflecting an increase in trade 
payables of £7.5 million as the Group improved payment 
terms with suppliers, and an increase in deferred income, 
with sales contracts paid on milestones, reflecting in 
particular money on projects in flight, including Leuna.

Provisions increased in the year to £21.8 million 
(FY21: £12.3 million). Provisions for contract losses 
rose to £12.5 million, (FY21: £4.8 million). This was 
due to continuing support for REFHYNE I through site 
acceptance testing, and the Leuna project with an 
increased cost of parts and increased labour expectations 
to fulfil the contract. Additions to warranty provisions 
in the year of £2.2 million (2021: £0.2m) reflect both 
contract progress in the year and recognition that 
first-of-a-kind plant requires additional support in the 
field. We retain our long-term expectation that warranty 
costs will reduce below 3% of sales price for standard 
product, repeat sales. 

Events after the balance sheet date 
After the balance sheet date, the Group announced that 
ITM Power had been awarded a contract by BEIS, under 
its Net Zero Innovation Portfolio Low Carbon Hydrogen 
Supply 2 Competition to accelerate the commercial 
deployment of our next generation platform and its 
manufacture. The award for the project is for £9.3 million 
and follows initial designs developed through previous 
BEIS funding competitions. The award is expected to be 
spread over a three-year period and is also expected 
to be back-end loaded.

In addition, at the time of the trading update in June, 
we announced the development of ITM Power Service, 
an aftermarket focused customer support business 
based in Germany designed to provide full product life 
cycle support of deployed electrolyser systems. All 
existing aftermarket operations, including the Group’s 
24/7 UK Remote Support Centre, will be merged into 
one focused organisation with new headquarters in 
Linden in Germany. 

In September 2022, we reviewed our plans to open a 
second UK factory at Aviation Park, given the current 
business climate and general cost escalation. Our 
ambitions remain as strong as ever, but we need to be 
nimble and flexible, and we want to ensure investment 
decisions are correct and right for the business and 
considered fully before capital is committed. In the 
near-term extending the total capacity at Bessemer 
Park up to 1.5 GW is a better use of capital with 
commensurately improved near-medium term 
cash flows. 

In September 2022 Dr Graham Cooley decided to step 
aside from his position as CEO of the Company after 13 
years in post. The Company has commenced a process 
to select a new CEO. Dr Cooley will remain in position 
until a successor is appointed, and thereafter assume 
a senior strategic role in the Company, reporting to 
the Chairman and the new CEO.

Outlook and current trading
We start the new financial year in a strong financial 
position and, whilst there are many operational changes 
being made within the Group, we expect good sales 
momentum, with further investment into our people, 
our processes and our assets. We also see the economic 
case for green hydrogen projects increasing, with the 
macro picture expected only to improve.

In summary we provide the following guidance for FY23:
 – Product revenue in the range of £23-28 million
 – MW delivered in the range 48-65 MW
 – Adjusted EBITDA loss of £45-50 million
 – Capital expenditure of £30-40 million, with a focus 

on development costs

 – Working capital of £40-60 million
 – Cash burn of £110-135 million

We have a contracted backlog of 77 MW which 
we expect to increase in the coming months as more 
projects reach their FID and become contracted. That 
said, with lead times stretching within many supply 
markets in FY22 as a result of macroeconomic conditions, 
the focus in the next financial year will be on delivering 
what is already contracted, with 60% to 80% of the MW in 
contracted work in progress expected to be recognised 
in FY23. We will also continue to utilise working capital 
to build products to stock, with 50 MW to 100 MW of 
core stack modules being built for products to be 
recognised in future years.

Continued investment in capability and capacity will 
see losses increase in the near term, with an improved 
position in the medium term. The cash on our balance 
sheet will enable us to grow capacity, initially through 
£10 million to £15 million further investment in Bessemer 
Park. Longer term, we will invest to increase capacity 
towards 5 GW to enable us to address the large 
demand we see in the future. 

Andy Allen
Chief Financial Officer

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202215

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Our Market 

 “ Governments need to take rapid 
actions to lower the barriers that are 
holding low-carbon hydrogen back 
from faster growth, which will be 
important if the world is to have a 
chance of reaching net zero emissions 
by 2050.” 

Ships

Trucks

Synthetic
fuels

Fatih Birol
IEA Executive Director 

Steel

Glass

Food

Metallurgy

PRODUCTS

CK FOR 

TO
S
D
O
O
F
G
N

TRA

N

SP

O

R

T

    PROVISIO

N

O

F

F

U

E

L

F

O

R

Cars

Aviation

Electricity 
Peaking 
Plants

P
O
W
E
R

I

D

I

V

O

R

C

H

E

P

Fertiliser

M

I

C

A

L

S

Plastic

Fuel refiners

BUILDINGS

PRO V I D I N G   H

A T FOR

E

S T R Y

U

D

I N

AI

Aluminium

Steel

Food

Residential & 
commercial

Paper

Cement

This stark figure lays bare the reality of how fragile our 
food and energy security really are, given both are entirely 
dependent on grey, steam methane reformed hydrogen. 

In response to the need to decarbonise, some have 
turned to blue hydrogen, where the CO2 arising from 
its production (from hydrocarbons) is captured at the 
production facility and stored separately. However, blue 
hydrogen projects have been exposed as not being cost 
competitive, and that is before carbon pricing and 
carbon capture and storage (CCS) costs are added. 
In fact, blue hydrogen projects “are high risk and likely 
to become stranded assets” as soon as the end of this 
decade, while potentially adding to Europe’s gas crisis, 
according to the Institute for Energy Economics and 
Financial Analysis (IEEFA). 

Governments around the world are experiencing the 
real-life impact that being beholden to carbon intensive 
natural gas undermines energy security. A scalable, 
sustainable, and fit for purpose alternative lies instead 
in turning renewable electrons into the only net zero 
molecule – green hydrogen. 

Hydrogen sits increasingly at the heart of government 
strategy. While it could be argued that this has been the 
case for some time, the hydrogen value chain has thus 
far been dysfunctional. However, over recent months, 
there has been a step change in coordination and 
cooperation, which is critical to joining up the value 
chain. This is laying the vital bedrock needed to build 
a green hydrogen economy.

To deliver on rapidly approaching net zero targets, the 
world needs to act fast, especially where the reduction 
of fossil fuels is concerned. 

The continuing crisis in Ukraine has brought into fresh focus 
the pressing need to move as quickly as possible away 
from methane – which the United Nations Economic 
Commission for Europe states as having a 100-year 
global warming potential 28 to 34 times that of CO2. 

Hydrogen produced using methane as a feedstock plays 
a pivotal role in all oil refining and ammonia production. 
Combined, these two carbon intensive industries lay claim 
to almost 70 million tonnes of industrial hydrogen per 
annum, according to the International Energy Agency (IEA).

Global hydrogen demand by sector in the Net Zero 
Scenario, 2020-2030

)
t

m

(

n
o
i
l
l
i

M

225
200
175
150
125
100
75
50
25
0

2020

2025
■ Refining     ■ Industry     ■ Transport     ■ Power
■ Ammonia - fuel     ■ Synfuels     ■ Buildings
■ Grid injection

2030

Source: IEA, Global hydrogen demand by sector in the Net Zero Scenario, 2020-
2030, IEA, Paris https://www.iea.org/data-and-statistics/charts/global-
hydrogen-demand-by-sector-in-the-net-zero-scenario-2020-2030

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 2022 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Our Market continued

UK market

European market 

Global market 

2021 was a record year in policy action and low-carbon 
hydrogen production, with governments around the 
world adopting hydrogen strategies. There are currently 
more than 75 green hydrogen plans from countries 
realising that they need to change, and change quickly. 

There has been a number of reports mapping out future 
scenarios, the most well-known of which is the IEA 
report – Net Zero by 2050 – which states that 322 million 
tonnes of electrolytic hydrogen is needed by 2050. 
To put it another way, that’s 3,585 GW of electrolysis.

Since our factory was opened in 2021, we have hosted 
a number of delegates from governments around the 
world, keen to discover more about both green 
hydrogen and our electrolysers. This has included His 
Excellency Dr Mohamed Shaker, Egypt’s Minister of 
Electricity and Renewable Energy, ahead of the 
COP27 conference in Egypt later this year. 

In August 2021, we welcomed Kwasi Kwarteng, Secretary 
of State for Business, Energy and Industrial Strategy, to 
officially open our Sheffield-based factory, currently one 
of the world’s largest electrolyser production facilitiies. 
During his visit, Mr Kwarteng announced the first-ever 
UK Hydrogen Strategy, direct from our factory.

Due to the subsequent conflict in Ukraine and the 
knock-on effect on methane pricing, the UK Government 
has doubled its 2030 hydrogen production target to 
10 GW. Crucially, green hydrogen will comprise a 
minimum of 5 GW of this target. With government backing 
and mounting evidence against pursuing blue hydrogen 
projects, it’s no exaggeration to say the future is green.

In March 2022, the European Union announced its new 
energy security plan – REPowerEU. This plan builds on 
the 2020 EU Hydrogen Roadmap (2 x 40 GW plan), as 
well as the 2021 Fit for 55 decarbonisation plan. The 
new increased target is for circa 20 million tonnes per 
annum by 2030, which will require nearly 200 MW of 
electrolysis a year. This, coupled with the Delegated Acts, 
incentivises early deployment and puts makers of 
electrolysis equipment at the forefront of Europe’s 
shift to a low-carbon economy.

ACCELERATE
CLEAN ENERGY
TRANSITION

REPowerEU

PHASE OUT DEPENDENCY
ON RUSSIAN FOSSIL FUELS

DIVERSIFY
ENERGY
SOURCES

SAME
ENERGY

SMART INVESTMENT
National and European plans,
reforms and investments, faster
permitting and innovation

Kwasi Kwarteng, Secretary of State for Business, Energy, and Industrial 
Strategy, with Dr Graham Cooley, CEO of ITM Power

His Excellency Dr Mohamed Shaker, Egypt’s Minister of Electricity 
and Renewable Energy, touring our Sheffield factory

Net Zero 

by 2050 3,585 GW of electrolysis needed

200 MW 

of electrolysis needed per year for REPowerEU

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 2022 
17

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Our Strategy

Our vision

We strive for a world that is free 
of fossil fuels, where we can all 
enjoy the benefits of a net zero 
society, and where everyone 
around the world can breathe 
clean air.

Our mission

Our three-pronged mission 
challenges us with building 
the best products the industry 
has to offer, inspiring our 
customers to implement 
change, and using our 
collective experience and 
knowledge to direct global 
policy to drive change.

Strategic pillars 

We will achieve this through 
our five strategic pillars, set out 
here, which are:
– Delivered by our people
–  Enabled by our business 

model

– Measured through our KPIs

1Continual technology development2Scalable manufacturing3Strong partners and relationships4Develop ITM Power Service5Expert knowledgeWhat this meansWe understand that the overriding cost contributor to hydrogen is not the capital expenditure of a customer project, but more significantly the operating costs. It is important that we maintain a competitive advantage with the operating characteristics of the products as well as defining a technology roadmap for the future.What this meansWe recognise that we need appropriate capacity to scale the business as demand increases. This includes maximising Bessemer Park and introducing semi-automated and automated process to improve operations and delivery.What this meansWe have identified a number of strategic partners to scale our impact, industrial reach and market penetration.In October 2019, we announced the completion of a £58.8 million fundraising, including an investment by Linde of £38 million, together with the formation of a joint venture to deliver renewable hydrogen to large-scale industrial projects worldwide.In November 2020, we announced a partnership with Snam, one of the world’s leading energy infrastructure operators.Other partners include Shell, Vitol, Ørsted, and Sumitomo.What this meansWe understand our commitment to our customers does not stop at the factory gates or installation.We offer after sales support services, including preventative maintenance, immediate response packages, as well as 24/7 control room monitoring services, giving customers peace of mind that they are fully supported throughout the life cycle of the product.We continue to develop recycling and refresh services for our products to support ours, and our customers’, environmental, social and governance (ESG) ambitions, maximising the value of the components used.What this meansWe recruit the best talent while seeking to retain key skills.We also own and develop all our own processes, fully controlling the supply chain, inputs and processes to make a product that is truly unique and special to us.Achievements in the period –Continuous development and improvement of MEP 2.0, which is a first-of-a-kind product and is being deployed at Leuna –Showcased prototype of our next generation platform in September 2021Achievements in the period –Upgrade to power supply at Bessemer Park –Moving many core stack processes in-houseAchievements in the period –New partnership with Vitol to co-invest into Motive –Sale to Yara of 24 MW electrolyser system through Linde Engineering –Shell Refhyne II contract signedAchievements in the period –Developed support model with Optimal for AustraliaAchievements in the period –Around 200 new employees in the last 18 months –Appointment of Martin Clay as Operations Director and Chris Yewdall as Projects Director –Academy programme launched –Apprenticeship programme launchedSince the year end and looking ahead –Further efforts to achieve international certification for our products –Adoption of Linde Gas standard requirements –Full integration with the larger system module to unlock large- scale solutions via Linde Engineering –Grant win in May 2022 to support commercial deployment of our next generation platform –Design 2.0 of Plug and Play containers designed and introduced to the marketSince the year end and looking ahead –Further automation –Redesign of elements of Bessemer Park to improve production flow –International factory developmentSince the year end and looking ahead –Funding from BEIS for our next generation platform in May 2022 –Further business development –Further partnership arrangements to deliver new technology, new territories and new factories –Appointment of Tim Calver as Commercial Director to strengthen relationshipsSince the year end and looking ahead –Rebrand of ITM Power GmbH to ITM Power Service –Signed a new lease on a support hub, which will hold after sales spares and staff in Europe –Completion of the Support hub in Europe –Revenue streams to be built with long-term contractsSince the year end and looking ahead –Appointment of Denise Cockrem as a Non-Executive Director in July 2022 –Apprenticeship programme growth –Appointment of Tim Calver as Commercial Director –Equality, diversity and inclusion (EDI) programmeITM Power PLC Annual Report 202218

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Our Business Model

Our unique position

History
ITM Power PLC was 
admitted to the AIM 
market of the London 
Stock Exchange in 2004.

Track record
We have been deploying 
electrolysers with long-term 
partners for over a decade 
and continue to break new 
ground. In January 2021, 
we received an order for 
the world’s then largest 
PEM electrolyser system 
of 24 MW from Linde. In 
October 2021, with Linde, 
we announced the 
deployment of 100 MW of 
electrolyser modules at 
Shell’s Rheinland refinery, 
following the start-up of 
an initial 10 MW facility at 
the sites.

Technology
MEP 2.0 operates under 
higher pressure, a higher 
current density and is 
more efficient than 
its predecessor.

The joint development with 
Linde of a larger system 
module will see five MEP 2.0 
skids formed into a 10 MW 
module. The larger system 

module will be able to be 
deployed into large projects.

Development and testing 
of our next generation 
platform remains ongoing. 
The stack architecture 
has multiple competitive 
advantages including 
lower capital costs and a 
smaller system footprint. 
These advantages will 
enhance the stack’s ability 
to operate under flexible 
conditions when coupled 
to renewable energy 
sources, producing green 
hydrogen at low cost.

Partnerships
Our position with ILE and 
Linde puts us in a powerful 
position to respond to 
large and extra-large 
demands, using three 
years of shared experience 
to address the requirements 
of customers.

Capacity
We recognise that 
customers need to invest 
in capability and as such 
we have built a factory in 
Sheffield with a capacity 
planned to reach 1.5 GW 
per annum.

We design and innovate
electrolyser technology, 
which we have developed 
over many years and 
continue to improve 
and refine

How we  
create value

We buy
the raw materials and 
components for our 
electrolysers as well as 
the systems and advice 
to support our work

We support
our customers through 
the implementation 
of their projects 
and through our 
aftermarket support

We sell
our electrolysers to 
customers in Energy, 
Industry and Transport

We make 
world-class electrolysers 
in a range of sizes to suit 
our customers’ needs 
from 2 MW to projects 
in excess of 100 MW

Find out more about 
our products here: 
https://itm-power.com/ 
products

Creating value

Through our products, 
which respond to the 
need for a world that is 
free of fossil fuels, we will 
create value for 
shareholders, customers 
and wider stakeholders.

Helping the world reach 
net zero by 2050
 – Our electrolysers, 

powered by renewable 
energy, produce green 
hydrogen – a clean, 
zero-emissions fuel

 – Replacing grey hydrogen 
in the industrial sector 
– currently 70 million 
tonnes per annum 
globally

Championing sustainable 
power and guiding policy
 – Helping develop 
regulations and 
standards – e.g. BSI 
Committee PVE/3/8, ISO 
Technical Committee 
197, and British 
Compressed Gases 
Association (BCGA) 
Code of Practice 41

Supporting our 
community through the 
ITM Nurture social 
engagement programme
 – Supporting local 

charities championed by 
employees – £15,604 
contributed in FY22
 – Sharing knowledge 

and understanding – 
including in schools 
and universities, as 
well as launching 
our apprenticeship 
programme for 2022

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202219

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Our Stakeholders and Section 172(1) Statement 

Our business model informs and drives discussions for 
both executives and the Board. It informs the resources 
and relationships required to execute our plan for growth.

We are driven by innovation and continuous 
improvement. Engaging with and learning from 
workforce, customer and other stakeholder feedback is 
an integral part of what we do and how we develop the 
business. We actively seek feedback to enable us to 
make improvements and changes to our products 
and processes.

To help the world reach net zero by 2050, we have to act 
beyond our own supply chain. We therefore participate 
actively in industry bodies that champion sustainable 
power and guide policy, as well as working with schools 
and universities to help inspire the next generation 
about green hydrogen.

Statement from the Board
During the year, the Board acted in good faith 
to promote the long-term success of ITM Power.

In accordance with the directors’ duties set out in 
section 172 of the UK Companies Act 2006 (the 
Companies Act), the Board supervises the operation and 
development of ITM Power to maximise its equity value 
over the long term, without regard to the individual 
interests of any shareholder. 

One of our Non-Executive Directors, Jürgen Nowicki, is 
appointed by a major shareholder of ITM Power (Linde). 
However, each of the Directors understands his or her 
responsibility under the Companies Act to act fairly as 
between members of the Company. We acknowledge 
that all of our decisions may affect ITM Power’s 
shareholders through their impact on the future success 
of the business and confirm our due regard in this 
respect.

The key stakeholder groups we have identified are those 
that have significant interactions with our business 
model and that we impact in the course of our business 
operations. The relevance of each stakeholder group 
may vary depending on the particular decision being 
taken. The Board has to balance different, and 
sometimes competing, perspectives meaning it is not 
always possible to satisfy everyone’s desired outcome 
or achieve a positive outcome for all stakeholders.

Ensuring our business operates responsibly is 
fundamental to our long-term success. The Board 
oversees a corporate governance framework that 
enables the right people to take the right decisions at 
the right time.

On the next two pages, we have provided 
further details of how the Board approached two key 
strategic decisions during the year: the capital raise in 
November 2021 and the Motive joint venture with Vitol.

We recognise that to deliver our strategy in a sustainable 
way, we must consider the commercial, social and 
environmental impacts of our business. During the year, 
we have monitored, assessed and challenged ITM 
Power’s progress against the annual business plan and 
targets. Targets include both financial and non-financial 
metrics, including ESG metrics.

When taking decisions of strategic importance, we 
endeavour to balance the interests of our stakeholders 
in ways that are compatible with ITM Power’s long-term, 
sustainable growth. The Board gains stakeholder 
perspectives to inform its decision making through 
direct engagement where feasible, but the number and 
distribution of ITM Power’s stakeholders means that 
stakeholder engagement often takes place at an 
operational level. Where this is the case, the Board 
receives insights on stakeholder views through 
communication with senior management and 
regular reporting.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202220

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Our Stakeholders and Section 172(1) Statement continued

You can read more about key aspects of section 172 considerations as follows:

Section 172 factor
The likely consequences of any 
decision in the long term

Relevant disclosures
 – Our vision and mission on page 17
 – Our Strategy and Our Business Model on pages 17 to 18
 – CEO’s Review and CFO’s Review on pages 8 to 14

The interests of the Company’s 
employees

 – Stakeholder engagement: Workforce on page 22
 –  Sustainable Energy, Engineered Sustainably: Our workforce on pages 28 

The need to foster business 
relationships with suppliers, 
customers and others
The impact of the Company’s 
operations on the community and 
the environment

The desirability of the Company 
maintaining a reputation for high 
standards of business conduct

to 29

 – Principle 3 at https://itm-power.com/investors/corporate-governance
 – https://itm-power.com/careers
 – ESG Report 2022: Our social impact at https://itm-power.com/investors/

financial-reports

 – Stakeholder engagement: Customers and potential customers on page 22
 – Principle 3 at https://itm-power.com/investors/corporate-governance
 – Business Partner Code of Conduct at https://itm-power.com/sustainability
 – Stakeholder engagement: Local communities on page 23
 – Sustainable Energy, Engineered Sustainably: Climate change on pages 26 

to 27

 – Principle 3 at https://itm-power.com/investors/corporate-governance
 – ESG Report 2022: Our environmental impact and Our social impact at 

https://itm-power.com/investors/financial-reports

 – Sustainable Energy, Engineered Sustainably: Business ethics on page 29
 – Code of Ethics at https://itm-power.com/sustainability
 – Principle 8 at https://itm-power.com/investors/corporate-governance
 – ESG Report 2022: Our governance at https://itm-power.com/investors/

financial-reports

The need to act fairly as between 
members of the Company

 – Stakeholder engagement: Investors on page 21
 – How the Board approached two key strategic decisions during the year on 

pages 20 and 21

 – Principle 2 at https://itm-power.com/investors/corporate-governance

Capital raise
Context
We saw a significant acceleration in demand for large-scale green hydrogen projects in support of national 
hydrogen strategies. To capitalise on our market leadership, the Board decided to carry out a non-pre-emptive 
placing of Company shares. The intention was to raise total proceeds of approximately £250 million (before 
expenses), with the net proceeds used principally to enable an acceleration of our technology capabilities and to 
expand our manufacturing capacity, as well as supporting organisational development.

Consideration of section 172 impacts: key stakeholder groups relevant to and affected by the decision
Investors
We met with both new and existing investors to present the business case for rapid expansion of technology and 
manufacturing capabilities. We were keen to ensure an appropriate price was achieved in the funding round to 
attract new investors while avoiding excessive dilution of existing and long-term shareholders. We also considered 
whether an open offer would be possible to allow retail shareholders to participate. Ultimately, we decided this 
was not possible due to the timing of the transaction.

Workforce
£45 million was earmarked for application towards the continued organisation and corporate development to 
further enhance our management infrastructure and the expansion of after sales support and training capability.

Strategic partners
Our strategic partnerships, particularly with Linde, provide us with the EPC expertise necessary to deliver large 
scale projects in overseas markets. As well as being a strategic partner, Linde is also our largest shareholder, 
and subscribed for £20 million of shares as part of the capital raise.

Customers and potential customers
Capital was raised with a view to significantly scaling up and expanding our operations to take advantage 
of forecast exponential demand growth in the global electrolyser market. This would build on the customer 
relationships we have across multiple global markets. We are also investing to drive down manufacturing costs, 
aiming to offer cost-effective hydrogen solutions at scale.

Suppliers
We allocated £50 million to fund technology initiatives, including Platinum Group Metal (PGM) supply 
chain optimisation.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202221

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Our Stakeholders and Section 172(1) Statement continued

Motive
Context
We believe the market for hydrogen in transport is on the cusp of rapid expansion, supported by government 
incentives to accelerate transportation decarbonisation. We sought a partner to help facilitate the rapid scaling 
up of production, distribution and demand stimulation for hydrogen to transportation. Vitol was identified as 
the chosen joint venture partner for Motive. Both ITM Power and Vitol will invest up to £30m in the venture. 
Motive appointed ITM Power as its preferred supplier for up to 240 MW of electrolysis equipment and Vitol as 
its preferred supplier for up to 240 MW of electricity demand.

Consideration of section 172 impacts: key stakeholder groups relevant to and affected by the decision
Investors
In the final quarter of the 2020 calendar year, we announced our intention to fund Motive by gearing up to 
£30 million of investment with both partnership and government funding. We then looked for the optimum 
partner. In Vitol we identified a partner with a shared view of the market and with complementary skills and 
capabilities. We see a route to creating greater value for our investors through the joint venture that has been 
created through Vitol’s ability to support at scale.

Workforce
During the period of transitioning Motive to the joint venture, we kept employees informed as appropriate and 
consulted on the impact of the proposed changes. This included a benchmarking exercise, ensuring equivalence 
of incentives in future, as well as ensuring they had the support and awareness to make the transition successful. 
Our support has continued after completion of the transaction, with our nominated directors of Motive attending 
a town hall day with the whole workforce to ensure open and transparent communication.

Strategic partners
We sought a strategic partner who could help facilitate the rapid scaling up of production, distribution and 
demand stimulation for hydrogen use in transportation. Both existing and new strategic partners were considered 
against this ambition. It was concluded that Vitol, a leader in the energy sector with a presence across the 
spectrum – from oil through to gas, power, renewables and carbon – presented a good solution.

Customers and potential customers
Motive’s strategy is to target building large refuelling stations for heavy duty vehicles, such as trucks and buses. 
Over the past 18 months, Motive has been working to develop deep relationships with a small number of 
blue-chip heavy goods users in the UK and aims to develop standard 4 MW sites around the UK.

Investors

Investors provide the equity capital for our business.

They hold management and the Board to account, 
on operational/commercial performance, financial 
performance and key environmental, social and 
governance (ESG) matters.

How we engage:
 – Led by the CEO, supported by the Investor Relations 

team – available to meet current and potential 
shareholders

 – Board kept appraised of the views of analysts by the 
CEO (an update at every regular Board meeting) 
and CFO 

 – Shareholder communication coordinated by the 

Investor Relations team with the Company Secretary, 
the Company’s nominated advisor (NOMAD), Investec, 
and corporate communications consultants, Tavistock 
Communications

 – Regular meetings with and presentations to fund 

managers, retail brokers and analysts

 – Price sensitive information shared through London 

Stock Exchange’s Regulatory News Service

 – Shareholders can attend our Annual General Meeting 
(AGM) and any Extraordinary General Meeting (EGM), 
which Board members attend

 – Report to institutional shareholders twice a year 

through roadshows aligned with the full and half year 
reports and webinars to coincide with the release of 
trading updates

Action taken:
 – To accommodate restrictions and preferences as a 

result of COVID-19, we provided virtual access to our 
2021 AGM and EGM

 – We conducted online investor events in response to 
COVID-19 and intend to continue this as it enabled 
much broader engagement

 – We have engaged with some of the larger investors 

who have dedicated ESG teams to aid their 
understanding of us and obtain their views on our 
approach to ESG

Further reading:
 – See the Remuneration Report on page 56 for details 
of how the Remuneration Committee responded to 
feedback about the 2021 Remuneration Report

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202222

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Our Stakeholders and Section 172(1) Statement continued

Workforce

Our workforce makes, sells and supports our products. 
It also develops our products to maintain our market-
leading edge.

It includes employees, contractors and consultants.

How we engage:
 – Workforce informed of matters affecting it directly and 
on the various factors affecting the performance of 
the Group through formal and informal meetings
 – Work with nominated employee representatives 

to ensure appropriate consultation and information 
flows on proposed changes to terms and conditions
 – Open-door leadership culture where directors and 

senior managers welcome feedback and the 
opportunity to discuss business improvement

 – Specific employee groups set up to address particular 
areas, such as the Health and Safety Committee and 
Women in ITM Power

 – Conduct engagement and wellbeing surveys, the 

results of which are shared with the Board

 – Recognising outstanding contributions through 

peer-to-peer nominations and support from the CEO

 – Regular reporting of key workforce performance 

indicators to the Board

Action taken:
 – Remit of the ITM Academy agreed
 – Regular town hall meetings with employees providing 

further opportunities for the workforce to ask 
questions and to celebrate success

 – Reviewed and benchmarked employee remuneration 
to ensure we are competitive in the market and now a 
Real Living Wage employer

 – Developing the collection and analysis of data about 

our workforce to improve our engagement and 
understanding, such as employee turnover and leaver 
reasons; EDI information

 – Ran mental health workshops to build awareness in, 

and signpost support for, our workforce

 – Launched our values, which guide how we work and 
align with our vision and mission; they underpin our 
recruitment processes, shape our leadership and 
development programmes and form part of our 
performance and development review process

Further reading:
 – See more information about what we do for our 
workforce in Sustainable Energy, Engineered 
Sustainably on pages 28 to 29

 – See our values on page 28
 – See our ESG Report 2022 for more information about 

working at ITM Power

Strategic partners

Customers and potential customers

We have identified a number of strategic partners to 
scale our impact, industrial reach, and market 
penetration.

Include Linde, Shell, Snam and Vitol, among others.

How we engage:
 – Regular meetings with our strategic partners’ senior 

managers

 – Formal meetings of joint venture boards: ILE with 

Linde, and Motive with Vitol

 – Input from Linde and Snam through the Strategic 

Advisory Committee and Technology Management 
Committee, which report to the Board

 – Secondments of staff from strategic partners to ITM 

Power

Customers buy our products, directly or indirectly.

Potential customers offer a pipeline of opportunities 
to sell our products.

How we engage:
 – Assigned a key contact (ongoing support) and a project 

manager (specific project delivery)

 – Email feedback reporting system for customers
 – Support centre in Sheffield and a 24/7 support service
 – Motive customers also benefit from an app providing 

locations and availability of refuelling stations

 – Communications about our activities and industry 
news issued to a significant database of contacts

 – Information provided via our website
 – Participate in webinars and presentations and in many 

 – Jürgen Nowicki appointed as the Linde-nominated 

industry events every year

Non-Executive Director

Action taken:
 – Entered into a joint venture with Vitol in relation to 

Motive

 – Two sales conferences conducted with Linde

 – Our joint ventures, ILE and Motive, also have their own 
websites and key account managers assigned to them
 – Updates on customer projects provided to the Board

Action taken:
 – Customer feedback is built into our lessons learnt 

process within our quality system

 – Hosted a regional roadshow on the COP26 Science and 

Innovation day, with attendees including business 
leaders and industry figures

Further reading:
 – See our website for information about:
 – Our electrolysers and how they work: 

https://itm-power.com/products

 – Markets we serve:  

https://itm-power.com/markets

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202223

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Our Stakeholders and Section 172(1) Statement continued

Action taken:
 – Enhanced supplier categorisation exercise, considering 

aspects such as materiality and risk

 – Enhanced stock and supply chain reporting to support 

active supply chain management

 – Strengthened supplier due diligence processes
 – Assessed critical suppliers against ESG criteria and 

developed action plans to address any improvements 
identified, and commenced assessment of non-critical 
suppliers

 – Commenced creation of supplier performance 

procedure and scorecard to monitor, measure and 
define actions with suppliers

Further reading:
 – See our Business Partner Code of Conduct on our 
website at https://itm-power.com/sustainability

Suppliers

Suppliers provide us with a wide range of commodities 
and services such as PGMs, components, power supply 
units, capital equipment, renewable energy, buildings, 
information technology, telecommunications and 
professional advice.

How we engage:
 – Seek to establish and maintain long-term relationships 

with our suppliers

 – Work closely with our suppliers in the deployment of 

all projects and provide them with assistance to 
improve their adherence to our standards of quality 
and ethics

 – Due diligence, approval and control programme for 

suppliers

 – Require suppliers to comply with our Business Partner 

Code of Conduct, which covers:
 – Business integrity
 – Health, safety and security
 – Environmental and social performance
 – Human rights and modern slavery
 – Non-discrimination, grievance processes and 

freedom of association

 – Bribery, corruption and money laundering
 – International trade law
 – Protecting confidential and personal information
 – Speaking up

 – Committed to sourcing our products and services 

locally where possible

Regulators and industry bodies

Local communities

Regulators set standards for our products and industry.

Industry bodies work to develop our industry’s future.

We operate within local communities and seek to be 
a positive influence around environment, education 
and health, together with EDI.

Provide grants for some projects.

How we engage:
 – Participate widely in industry bodies
 – Work with key committee and standards groups in the 

UK, EU and other countries

 – Contribute to consultations in the UK and EU through 
direct responses and contributions to working groups
 – Work with partners through our membership of key 

industry associations in a number of territories

 – Work closely with organisations such as the European 
Union’s Fuel Cells and Hydrogen Joint Undertaking 
(FCH JU), Innovate UK and BEIS as funders of our 
grant-funded projects

Action taken:
 – Hosted a regional roadshow on the COP26 Science and 
Innovation day, with attendees including academics 
and industry figures

 – Won €1.95 million award for the SINEWAVE project, as 
part of the German Federal Ministry of Education and 
Research’s (BMBF) hydrogen flagship project, H2Giga

How we engage:
 – Social engagement programme, ITM Nurture, 

monitored by the ESG Committee, which also provides 
suggestions for and input into its future development
 – Charity Committee, an employee-led forum, gives our 
employees the opportunity to have a positive impact 
on the community around us in Sheffield through 
engagement with local charities

 – ITM Academy responsible for delivering our ITM 

Nurture programme commitments around Science, 
Technology, Engineering and Maths (STEM) activity, 
ensuring we are supporting education in the local area 
through promoting STEM careers and sustainability
 – Regular reporting of key ESG initiatives, including those 

with our local communities, provided to the ESG 
Committee and the Board

Action taken:
 – Launched our ESG strategy: Sustainable Energy, 

Engineered Sustainably

 – Published our first ESG Report, reflecting the ESG 

ambitions set out in our ESG strategy

 – Hosted a regional roadshow on the COP26 Science 

and Innovation day, with attendees including 
local government

Further reading:
 – See our ESG Report 2022 for more information about 

our social impact

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202224

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Sustainable Energy, Engineered Sustainably

Our approach

In 2021, we launched our new 
ESG strategy: Sustainable Energy, 
Engineered Sustainably. This is our 
commitment to protect people and 
the planet – through both what we 
do as a business and how we do it. 
The strategy has two parts. 
Sustainable Energy addresses our 
core business purpose, which is to 
help the world reach net zero 
through the power of green 
hydrogen. Engineered Sustainably 
covers our ambition to deliver on 
this purpose in a sustainable way 
that addresses the most material 
ESG issues for our business.

Our first ESG Report was published 
in April 2021, covering the 2020 
calendar year. Our second ESG 
Report covers the period from 
1 January 2021 to 30 April 2022, 
while future ESG Reports will align 
to our financial reporting cycle. Our 
ESG Report sets out progress on our 
ESG ambitions and strategy. We 
have included some highlights here 
but invite you to read our full ESG 
Report, which is available on our 
website: https://itm-power.com/
investors/financial-reports. We 
have also included some additional 
disclosures here that sit more 
comfortably within our Annual 
Report.

Our ESG Committee leads the 
development of the Group’s ESG 
strategy, policies and programmes. 
More information about our 
governance structures is available in 
the Corporate Governance Report, 
which starts on page 44.

Areas of focus and activities during the year

Area
Materiality

Highlights during the year
 – Conducted our first organisation-wide materiality assessment to identify which ESG issues are 
most important to our business performance and where we can have the greatest impact 
through what we do

 – Engaged a range of internal and external stakeholders to feed into the materiality assessment

Further reading
ESG Report 2022: Our material 
issues on page 7, available on our 
website at https://itm-power.com/
investors/financial-reports

Environmental

 – Established a UKAS-accredited environmental management system to the specifications 

outlined in the International Standard ISO 14001:2015

 – Initial assessment of our carbon footprint undertaken to help us establish a baseline from 

Social

Governance

which to set targets

 – Formalised our waste management process and included it within our internal Business 

Management System; appointed a single waste broker to manage all on-site waste

 – Launched a series of engagement workshops around our values
 – Re-launched and developed our intranet platform for engaging with employees
 – Achieved ISO 14001:2015 and ISO 45001:2018 accreditation for our health and safety 

management system

 – Launched ITM Academy, the home for learning and development across ITM Power
 – Conducted an employee survey to establish our workforce profile
 – Introduced new supplier qualification processes, including a focus on wider social matters as 
detailed in our Business Partner Code of Conduct such as environmental, health and safety, 
human rights and corruption

 – Developed our PGM supply chain policy
 – Community engagement through ITM Nurture focused on inspiring careers in STEM in 

future generations

 – Introduced ESG-linked elements to the variable remuneration for our Executive Directors
 – Launched a revised suite of responsible business policies for our employees, contractors and 
workers employed by other organisations who work on our behalf, including: Code of Ethics, 
Anti-Fraud and Bribery Policy, Speak Up Policy, Conflict Policy, Hospitality and Gifts Policy

 – Created a new risk and assurance function with responsibility for risk management and 

internal audit

ESG Report 2022: Our environmental 
impact on pages 13 to 16, available 
on our website at https://itm-power.
com/investors/financial-reports

ESG Report 2022: Our social impact 
on pages 17 to 23, available on our 
website at https://itm-power.com/
investors/financial-reports

Business Partner Code of Conduct and 
PGM Supply Chain Policy Statement 
on our website at https://itm-power.
com/sustainability

ESG Report 2022: Our governance 
on pages 24 to 28, available on our 
website at https://itm-power.com/
investors/financial-reports

Corporate Governance Report from 
page 44

Remuneration Report from page 55

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202225

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Sustainable Energy, Engineered Sustainably continued

UN Sustainable Development 
Goals (SDGs)
We have identified the four SDGs 
where we can have the greatest 
effect as a business, and the specific 
targets aligned to these goals that 
are most relevant to us and our 
activities:

Our material issues
While more information about our 
material issues is provided in our 
ESG Report, we have identified 
some core material issues on which 
we provide some additional 
information in this Annual Report:
 – Climate change
 – Our workforce
 – Business ethics

Affordable and 
Clean Energy

Industry, Innovation  
and Infrastructure

Sustainable Cities 
and Communities

We aim to cut the commercial cost 
of electrolysers over the next three 
years and thereby facilitate the 
widespread adoption of green 
hydrogen.

This will directly contribute to 
ensuring access to affordable, 
reliable, sustainable, and modern 
energy for all, addressing target 7.2: 
to substantially increase the share of 
renewable energy in the global 
energy mix.

By helping to decarbonise industrial 
processes through green hydrogen, 
our electrolysers support SDG 9 and, 
particularly, target 9.4: to upgrade 
infrastructure and retrofit industries 
to make them sustainable, with 
increased resource use efficiency 
and greater adoption of clean and 
environmentally sound technologies 
and industrial processes.

Through Motive, our joint venture 
with Vitol, we own hydrogen 
refuelling stations, which provide 
zero emissions fuel for mass transit 
systems. This contributes towards 
target 11.2: by 2030, to provide 
access to safe, affordable, accessible, 
and sustainable transport systems 
for all.

Responsible 
Consumption 
and Production

By helping to replace hydrogen 
produced directly from fossil fuels 
with green, emission-free hydrogen, 
our electrolysers support target 
12.2: by 2030, to achieve the 
sustainable management and 
efficient use of natural resources.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202226

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Sustainable Energy, Engineered Sustainably continued

Reporting element  
(aligned to TCFD)
Governance

Strategy

Climate change

To achieve net zero global carbon emissions by 2050, 
the world needs to transition away from fossil fuels and 
towards emission-free fuels, such as green hydrogen. 
Offering engineering solutions that contribute to a more 
environmentally sustainable economy and reduce global 
reliance on fossil fuels is at the core of our mission.

While our products can be part of the solution, we 
recognise our own contribution to carbon emissions. 
We are working to establish a specific climate strategy 
to guide our actions and carbon reduction ambitions. 
As we continue to develop this strategy, we recognise the 
importance of transparent disclosure and have provided:
 – An overview of our current approach in line with the 
recommendations set out by Task Force on Climate-
related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)

 – Our carbon footprint calculation

Further reading:
 – Corporate Governance Report from page 44
 – Principal Risks and Uncertainties from page 30
 – Our Market from page 15
 – GHG emissions on page 27

Risk management

Metrics and targets

Summary of our approach
The Board provides overall leadership and independent oversight. It is primarily responsible for our strategic plan, risk management, 
systems of internal control and corporate governance. It retains control of key decisions.

The Board has delegated authority to the ESG Committee for the development of the Group’s ESG strategy, policies and programmes and 
associated matters.

Ownership and governance for sustainability-related risks and sustainability commitments are embedded within our business.
Risks in the short term:
 – As we scale up our business to respond to the demand for green hydrogen, our impact on the environment will increase and we may 

not be able to mitigate this

Risks in the medium and long term:
 – Increased severity and frequency of extreme weather events such as cyclones and floods may disrupt or limit our ability to manufacture 

our products

 – Changing weather and precipitation patterns may impact the cost and/or availability of materials
 – Regulation related to greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions may increase costs across our value chain
 – Regulation related to water stress or water scarcity may disrupt or restrict our production capability
 – Lack of availability of clean water may restrict the effectiveness of our product

Opportunities in the short, medium and long term:
 – The increased focus on, and adoption of, green hydrogen provides a significant opportunity for our business
 – PEM electrolysers use less water than steam methane reformers (SMRs), which are currently the main source of industrial hydrogen
 – Electrolysis is the only fuel that doesn’t deplete oxygen in producing fuel – green hydrogen is the only oxygen and water balanced fuel
 – Reduction, reuse and recycling of components within our electrolysers presents an opportunity to reduce our impact on the environment

While it is difficult to accurately estimate the financial impact of any climate-related disruption to our manufacturing operations, a short 
interruption to our production capabilities due to extreme weather events could have a significant impact on our business in the future. 
Such weather events could also have a significant impact on our supply chain, which could result in supply restrictions and/or increased 
costs.
The process for identifying, assessing and responding to climate-related risks is integrated into our risk management processes.

During the year, we undertook an initial assessment of our Scope 1, 2 and 3 GHG emissions for the purposes of establishing a baseline 
from which to set climate targets and emissions reduction approach.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202227

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Sustainable Energy, Engineered Sustainably continued

Carbon footprint
The calculation of our carbon footprint follows the 
methodology set out by the GHG Protocol for corporate 
accounting and the output can be found in the table 
opposite. As we are not required to comply with the 
requirements of Part 7A of Schedule 7 of The Large and 
Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and 
Reports) Regulations 2008 (as amended) regarding 
disclosure of GHG emissions, we have not provided 
all the information required under the regulations.

Carbon footprint (tCO2e)
Scope 1 emissions
Scope 2 (location-based)
Scope 2 (market-based)
Scope 3
Total (location-based)
Total (market-based)

Year ended 30 April 2022
249
754
203
103,843
104,846
104,295

1.  Our footprint was calculated using the methodologies set out in the GHG Protocol Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard. An ‘operational control’ approach has been used to define the emissions boundary.
2.  Entities included in the footprint are as follows: ITM Power PLC; ITM Power (Trading) Limited; ITM Power, Inc.; ITM Power GmbH; ITM Power Pty Ltd and Motive Fuels Limited.
3.  In the calculation and preparation of our carbon footprint we have considered a number of relevant sources, including the 2021 Government GHG Conversion Factors for Company Reporting, published by BEIS; the Homeworking Emissions 

Whitepaper 2020 published by EcoAct; and Supply Chain Greenhouse Gas Emission Factors for US Industries and Commodities, published by the United States Environmental Protection Agency.

4.  Scope 1 emissions are derived from natural gas heating our facilities and fuel consumption within our vehicle fleet. Where natural gas consumption data was unavailable, estimates were made based on spend, historical average and average 

consumption figures based on property size and use.

5.  Scope 2 emissions are derived from electricity consumed by our facilities.
6.  Scope 3 categories included in this calculation include purchased goods and services, fuel and energy-related activities, waste, business travel, employee commuting, upstream leased assets, use of sold goods and investments. Notes on the 

calculation methodologies for these categories are as follows:
a.  Purchased goods and services: a financial allocation model was used using emission factors provided by the United States Environmental Protection Agency.
b.  Fuel- and energy-related activities: BEIS 2021 conversion factors were used to calculate well-to-tank GHG emissions from fuel usage and transmission and distribution losses from purchased electricity and well-to-tank emissions from fuels.
c.  Waste: BEIS 2021 conversion factors were used according to mass of waste disposal by destination.
d.  Business travel: emissions related to air and rail travel and hotel stays were obtained from our business travel service providers. BEIS 2021 conversion factors were used for mileage for personal cars and taxis.
e.  Employee commuting: data comprising employee home postcode, place of work and share of days worked in office was collected by employee survey. National travel survey data together with BEIS 2021 conversation factors were used to 

determine commute emissions intensity. Homeworking emissions were calculated on the basis of the methodology set out in the Homeworking Emissions Whitepaper 2020 published by EcoAct.

f.  Upstream leased assets: BEIS 2021 conversion factors were used together with the volume of materials consumed to operate leased assets.
g.  Use of sold goods: sold goods are considered to be those electrolysers that have completed site acceptance testing during the reporting period. The lifetime energy consumption of these units together with the share of green electricity used 

for their operation and grid emission factors was used to calculate lifetime emissions.

h.  Investments: data on electricity and district heating consumed by ITM Linde Electrolysis GmbH was collected and converted to emissions using location-specific conversion factors.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202228

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Sustainable Energy, Engineered Sustainably continued

Our workforce

The passion, talent and hard work of 
our workforce contributes to our 
culture and growth. To support our 
workforce, we strive to be a 
responsible, sustainable and ethical 
employer where our values are 
central to all aspects of workforce 
management.

Our values
During the year we launched our 
values. They were developed to 
guide how we work and align with 
our vision and mission. They are the 
foundation of our business and 
shape our approach to recruitment, 
leadership and development.

Our values

We

Collaborate 

We 

Care

We 

Innovate

We are

Tenacious

We seek 

Joy

We share a common vision and 
recognise that we all have a part to 
play in the ITM Power journey. We 
support each other and work 
together for this common purpose. 
We trust each other, are open and 
honest, and are committed to our 
collective success. We celebrate 
our achievements with each other. 
We work as one team, seeking 
opportunities to be collaborative.

We care for each other, our 
customers, our suppliers, our 
environment and future 
generations. We have pride in what 
we do. We treat people with dignity 
and respect, we are a supportive 
team that values others. We do 
things safely.

We are curious and bold, we think 
big. We seek to constantly improve 
in all we do. We develop and evolve. 
We have a growth mindset which 
encourages learning.

We don’t give up easily. We work to 
find solutions to problems or difficult 
situations. We support each other, 
and work together to overcome 
challenges. We are driven and 
determined. We make decisions 
based on facts and insights, even if 
those decisions are tough. We are 
not frightened of change. We take 
accountability for our actions and 
learn from our mistakes.

Joy is a flash of emotion, found in 
small gestures and in different ways 
for each and every one of us. By 
seeking joy, we appreciate those 
special moments that contribute 
towards our happiness and help 
develop friendships with our 
colleagues and partners. We 
recognise that acts of kindness, fun 
or laughter go a long way to help 
provide a balance to our busy and 
sometimes stressful lives. Whilst we 
are serious about our work, we don’t 
always have to be serious, we look 
for ways to seek joy even when 
times are challenging.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202229

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Sustainable Energy, Engineered Sustainably continued

Recruitment and benefits
We seek to recruit and retain the best employees in our 
sector and recognise the importance of employee 
retention. We offer a range of employee benefits 
designed to attract employees, support long-term 
retention and promote a working environment that 
creates strong employee engagement with a wellbeing 
focus. We are a Real Living Wage employer.

We have granted share awards under our Long Term 
Incentive Plan to all employees and, in the UK, offer a 
buy-as-you-earn Share Incentive Plan (SIP), which 
enables staff to buy shares on a tax-efficient basis and 
receive matching shares from the Company. Around 55% 
of eligible employees participate in the SIP.

Benefits vary according to the country of employment 
but typically also include childcare vouchers, a cycle 
purchase scheme, and an employee assistance 
programme. Benefits that are common to all employees, 
no matter where they are employed, are participation in 
our Long Term Incentive Plan, access to our Employee 
Assistance Programme and an additional day’s annual 
leave on their birthday.

We do not recognise any unions in the UK and only have 
one employee outside the UK covered by a collective 
bargaining agreement.

Learning and development
We actively encourage learning and development. The 
ITM Academy is the hub for learning and development at 
ITM Power and includes a structured induction 
programme as well as technical, management and 
leadership training. It has developed a clear programme 
of professional and competence-based development 
areas. We recognise we are at the forefront of a new 
technology market with vast knowledge of that 
technology within our workforce and so the ITM 
Academy aims to become a global centre of excellence 
for training our workforce and the partners who work 
with us.

We aim to ensure the highest levels of technical 
competence and encourage the improvement of this 
knowledge by supporting our workforce through training 
courses and qualifications, ranging from single day 
courses up to Master’s degree-level qualifications and 
accredited development programmes. We are also 
proud to have a number of apprentices and industrial 
placement students representing a significant part of our 
workforce, with a range of new apprenticeship 
programmes to be introduced in the future. Our plans 
for the future also include the development of a 
graduate scheme, with the preparatory work being 
undertaken in the short to medium term.

Engagement
Details of how we engage with our workforce are 
provided in Stakeholder engagement: Workforce on 
page 22.

In the next year, we are introducing a bi-annual 
engagement and wellbeing survey. Action plans will be 
created from this, which will be developed with our 
managers and a new employee forum: ITM Voices.

Equity, diversity and inclusion
We are an equal opportunities employer. We make 
decisions about recruitment, promotion, training and 
other employment matters solely on the grounds of 
individual ability, achievement, expertise and conduct. 
We don’t discriminate on the basis of gender, gender 
identity, sexual orientation, marital status, race, colour, 
ethnicity, national origin, cultural heritage, religion, age, 
social background, mental or physical ability or disability, 
or any other reason not related to job performance or 
prohibited by law. More than this, we recognise the 
collective benefit of having diverse teams, enriching the 
working lives of our workforce and better serving our 
global client base.

We encourage recruitment, training, career 
development and promotion on the basis of aptitude 
and ability, without regard to disability. We are also 
committed to retaining employees who become disabled 
during the course of their employment. We endeavour 
to make reasonable adjustments to the duties and 
working environment to support any employee suffering 
a disablement during their employment, including 
providing retraining as necessary.

We will launch our EDI strategy and implementation plan 
in the next year, with key priorities focusing on 
encouraging greater gender diversity within our business 
and particularly in STEM related areas.

More information on our approach to equity, diversity 
and inclusion, including key indicators, is provided in our 
ESG Report 2022: Our social impact, available on our 
website at https://itm-power.com/investors/financial-
reports.

Business ethics

We are committed to maintaining appropriate standards 
for all our business activities:
 – We have a Code of Ethics that sets out how we do business
 – Our handbook sets out the conduct expected of our 

workforce and includes guidance for key issues

 – We have a Business Partner Code of Conduct and have 
implemented supplier accreditation and due diligence 
processes

 – Our ESG Committee considers business ethics as part 

of its wider consideration of ESG matters

More information about how we ensure we have an 
appropriate culture and an ethical approach is provided 
in the introduction from the Chair of the Board to the 
Corporate Governance Report on page 38.

All employees and, where appropriate, contractors, 
whether full-time or part-time, are required to 
undertake a variety of training including, among other 
topics, covering our Code of Ethics, our approach to 
avoiding fraud and bribery and data protection.

We have reviewed the extent to which money 
laundering presents a risk to our business and the 
policies and procedures we need to address any risk. We 
have concluded we do not require a separate anti-money 
laundering policy as our Code of Ethics requires us to:
 – Do the right thing, for the right reason
 – Hold ourselves to a higher standard
 – Observe regulations and legislation in all countries of 

operation

Nevertheless, in the coming year we intend to provide 
training to key personnel to raise awareness of money 
laundering offences and what to do if anyone has a concern.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202230

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

Our approach to risk
The Board is ultimately responsible for ensuring there 
is a robust and effective framework in place for the 
Group’s risk management activities, which aims to 
underpin better decision making and embed a drive to 
continually improve our performance. Through a 
refocused risk management approach, and utilising the 
three lines of defence model, our capability to assess 
risks is continually improving, such that our strategic, 
significant and emerging risks are identified and 
managed effectively. 

Principal risks and uncertainties
The Board has identified those risks which are deemed 
principal to its business due to their potential severity 
and link to the Group’s strategy, markets and operations, 
which are set out below. This is not intended to be an 
exhaustive list. Additional risks not presently known to 
management, or risks currently deemed to be less 
material/strategically important, may also have the 
potential to cause an adverse impact on our business.

Risk radar

Heatmap – net risk

al and Regulatory

g
e
L

M

a
r
k
e

t

/

I

n

d

u

s

t

r

y

M

a

n

ufa

cturing

a n c e

F i n

IT and Systems

C

u

s

t

o

m

e

r

n
o
ti
a
s
i
n
a
g
r

l

e
p
o
e
P
,
e
c
n
a
n
er
v
o
G

d O
n
a

P ro cure m ent

Technology

Key

 Short Term Strategic <2 years

 Medium Term Strategic 2-5 years

 Longer Term Emerging >5 years

Associated Principal Risks

 Managing market growth/scale up

 Market competitiveness

  Input costs, supply chain and 
business continuity 

 IP protection

 Financial risks

e
c
n
e
r
e
f
e
r
d
o
o
h

i
l

e
k
i
L

5

4

3

2

1

3

2

1

4

5

Key
1  Managing market growth/scale up
2  Market competitiveness
3   Input costs, supply chain and business 

continuity 
4  IP protection
5  Financial risks

1
Insignificant

2
Minor

3
Moderate

4
Major

5
Catastrophic

Impact narrative

Risks associated with the environment and climate change 
Businesses across all industries and markets are facing increasing scrutiny relating to their ESG policies. As a 
producer of sustainable energy, ESG is at the core of the Group’s business plan, and the Board is aware that this 
could in turn lead to a higher level of scrutiny on the progress and achievement of our sustainability goals and 
commitments. The Board’s ESG Committee has oversight of the Group’s ESG activities and has engaged external 
consultants to assist in the development of our ESG strategy, as well as the measurement of our own carbon 
footprint, which supports our drive to reduce our carbon-intense production areas.

Further details for this aspect of our business can be found in our ESG Report on our website at https://itm-power.
com/investors/financial-reports.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 2022 
 
 
31

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Principal Risks and Uncertainties continued

Risk

1
Managing 
market growth/
scale up

Link to strategy
Scalable manufacturing
Strong partners and 
relationships
Expert knowledge

Risk impact and description
Since the market for green hydrogen is still evolving, it is difficult to predict the size and 
growth rate of the market with certainty. However, the publicly announced rapid 
acceleration of numerous governmental green hydrogen targets, leading to an 
expansion of our target markets and business, will place additional demands on our 
technical, sales, engineering and logistics systems. The Group’s success depends also 
on its strategic partnerships and other arrangements with third parties. If any of our 
current strategic partners were to terminate any of their agreements with the Group, 
or if other sub-contractors were to fail to perform to expected standards, it could have 
a negative impact on the development and commercialisation of the Group’s products 
and the operation of its business. 

The Group faces risks associated with its current dependence on a single 
manufacturing facility. Although our plans include the intention to develop new 
manufacturing facilities, until additional facilities are deployed the Group will remain 
highly dependent on the factory at Bessemer Park. 

We rely on individuals across our organisation with key knowledge, skills and 
experience gained over a number of years working within ITM Power. Losing such key 
individuals could disrupt the operational activities of the business in the short to 
medium term.

Mitigation
ITM Power is at the forefront of the green hydrogen sector and has 
in place ambitious plans to ensure it remains a leading player in the 
market, as the increasing acceleration in the sector continues to 
2030 and beyond.

Change

To support our growth strategy, ITM Power has entered into 
contractually binding strategic partnerships to cover key aspects 
of its business including supply chain, technical design and 
development and EPC services for large industrial projects. In 
conjunction with these, the Group is also building its own business 
development relationships globally. 

We also continue to undertake homologation exercises with Linde 
Engineering and Linde Gas to ensure its products are applicable to 
the widest possible markets to mitigate the risk of traction in 
limited geographies.

Our systems are also being prepared for scale, with a new 
enterprise resource planning (ERP) system currently being 
implemented across the business to support our product’s life 
cycle management and after sales service offering. Our strong 
recruitment and ITM Academy team, ensure we are able to 
resource and develop key talent to help drive the Group forward. 
The Board has a succession plan.

We also keep our disaster recovery plans under constant review, 
which, combined with comprehensive insurance and the 
monitoring of actual and projected volumes of our Bessemer 
Park factory, ensures we understand the critical path for adding 
increased manufacturing capacity to both our Bessemer Park 
factory and any new sites.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202232

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Principal Risks and Uncertainties continued

Risk

2
Market 
competitiveness

Link to strategy
Continual technology 
development
Strong partners and 
relationships
Develop ITM Power 
Service

Risk impact and description
There is a risk that we fail to deliver products that are competitive in terms of 
performance, cost or delivery. 

As we are developing new technologies it is very likely that unforeseen difficulties and 
obstacles to development will arise which may result in the product not performing as 
expected (especially when first introduced), failure of products to perform, damage to 
our reputation, delayed or lost revenue, product returns, diverted development 
resources and increased development, service and warranty costs and potential 
product liability claims.

This risk could also result in not realising the cost benefits anticipated or not being 
capable of realisation at all. Where the development can be realised, there is no 
guarantee that the development will be completed in the time periods which the 
Group currently anticipates.

The Group currently faces and will continue to face competition from other developers 
and manufacturers of electrolyser products and technologies, as well as developers 
and manufacturers of existing power technologies and other alternative power 
technologies. If we are unable to compete effectively against our competitors, this will 
impact its ability to gain market share or market acceptance for its products.

Mitigation
ITM Power has created a technology centre, containing world 
class facilities, which enables us to undertake extensive testing 
of core components of our products, as we seek to provide the 
solutions and meet the challenge of the global net zero targets 
being announced.

Change

We also continue to enhance our processes and procedures to 
support systematic and routine validations of current and new 
technology being developed. This is supported through extensive 
data collection from our control room, which gives us a live 
connection to products both under testing and those operating 
in the field. 

Our vertically integrated technology approach allows product 
evolution carry overs and provides us with the capability to 
rapidly adapt to changing market needs. We also undertake value 
engineering exercises to reduce product complexity, increase 
performance and durability in the field, as well as reduce cost. 

As the market matures and the size of required systems becomes 
larger, working with our strategic partners provides us with a 
competitive edge when tendering for green hydrogen projects. We 
also seek to create partnerships, frameworks and preferred 
supplier status with key customers wherever possible, creating 
additional channels to market. Our partnership with Linde also 
allows for early engagement with prospective customers, as we 
seek to provide the best solution for their needs.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202233

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Principal Risks and Uncertainties continued

Risk

3
Input costs, 
supply chain 
and business 
continuity 

Link to strategy
Scalable manufacturing
Strong partners and 
relationships
Continual technology 
development

Change

Risk impact and description
Due to a combination of post COVID-19 recovery and global geo-political instability 
(including the crisis in Ukraine and subsequent sanctions on Russia), global supply 
chains have been severely disrupted on a never-before-seen scale, driving up costs of 
key materials and reducing availability in the process.

In addition, our pace of growth also poses risks with our existing supply chain, to 
supplier capability, quality, scalability, and working capital management. 

We rely on third-party suppliers to provide raw materials and components for its 
products, including electrical, stainless steel and some PGMs, that are critical to the 
manufacturing process. In some cases, this is through a single supplier. 

There are also specific risks around the price volatility of precious metals used within 
the Group’s core technology. This could lead to costs of projects being underestimated. 
Furthermore, there is a risk that the ability to deliver expected yields from recycling 
differ to those expected, which may lead to cost variation on project and product life 
cycle.

A new or existing supplier’s failure to provide materials or components in a timely 
manner, or to provide materials and components that meet the Group’s quality, 
quantity or cost requirements, or the Group’s inability to obtain substitute sources for 
these materials and components in a timely manner or on acceptable terms, may harm 
its ability to manufacture products cost-effectively or at all and may damage our 
reputation and could also result in penalties for the Group under its customer 
contracts.

An IT system failure or non-availability, cyber-attack or breach of system security could 
disrupt our operations, cause the loss of, destruction of, or unauthorised access to 
sensitive, confidential or personal data or information or expose us to regulatory 
investigation, litigation or contractual penalties. If any of these events took place, it 
could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, 
prospects and reputation.

Mitigation
We are in the process of evaluating a sourcing strategy for each 
of our key components, with approaches differing by component 
type. Where we rely on a single supplier, we seek to enter into 
appropriate contracts with these suppliers or a future strategy to 
source different product portfolios with different suppliers where 
appropriate. For other materials, we employ a multi-sourcing 
strategy. The Group continues to review opportunities to bring 
processes in-house to address potential intellectual property (IP), 
quality and security of supply risks. 

We also have an appropriately resourced procurement 
department, which is based on a category structure to build 
appropriate local and specialist knowledge and an understanding 
of key markets. A strategic supplier development and performance 
management infrastructure is also in construction, to maintain the 
quality and security of supply of key raw materials. 

Timely and accurate forecasting models and approaches have also 
been adopted to provide better visibility of volume requirements 
over time and to drive action plans ahead of requirement for 
supply chain readiness.

The Group seeks to mitigate exposure to precious metal risk 
through operating back-to-back contracts, having continued 
dialogue with suppliers and managing larger transactions on a 
no-risk basis where possible.

The Group undertakes regular reviews, testing and invests in 
robust and effective security policies, controls and technologies to 
protect commercial and sensitive data and to ensure the overall 
system protection in place remains appropriate and proportionate. 
This also includes a continual review of the latest threats and 
trends in information security and governance to ensure our 
protection is always current and effective.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202234

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Principal Risks and Uncertainties continued

Risk

4
IP protection

Link to strategy
Continual technology 
development
Strong partners and 
relationships

Risk impact and description
The Group depends on its IP and failure to protect that IP could reduce its ability to 
prevent others from using its technology and therefore adversely affect our future 
growth and success.

Mitigation
We rely on a combination of patent, trade secret, trademark and 
copyright laws to protect its IP and seeks legal and other third-
party specialist advice where appropriate.

Change

PEM electrolysis systems as a whole cannot be patented or otherwise legally protected 
because some of the technologies underpinning their operation are based on other 
proven and mature technologies and are generally know-how based. Also, while it is 
the case that various components and processes developed by the Group have been or 
are assessed to have the potential to be patented, we only pursue patents when they 
are expected to be of high value, because patent applications include risks stemming 
from publication of detailed component and process descriptions.

The Group has entered into agreements with customers and partners, including its 
joint venture with Linde, that involve shared IP rights and an increased risk to us of the 
disclosure of trade secrets and proprietary technology. Any developments made under 
these agreements will be available for future commercial use by all parties to the 
agreement, which may make it more difficult for us to control third-party usage and 
protect its shared IP in the future.

It is also the case that there is a potential risk for the Group in its losing certain 
freedoms to operate due to the complexity and growth of PEM electrolysis technology.

The choice of territories and jurisdictions the Group serves 
includes an evaluation of inherent IP risk. Freedom-to-operate 
(FTO) searches are also undertaken where it is deemed 
appropriate.

We have an agreed IP management policy and seek to protect 
our proprietary IP through contracts including, when possible, 
confidentiality agreements and inventors’ rights agreements with 
our customers and employees. If necessary or desirable, we may 
seek licences under the patents or other IP rights of others.

Secure file sharing practices are also employed to provide technical 
mitigation and we have an ongoing training plan for staff to 
support this aim.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202235

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Principal Risks and Uncertainties continued

Risk

5
Financial risks

Link to strategy
Scalable manufacturing

Risk impact and description
In addition to the potential financial impact as detailed within the other principal risks 
and uncertainties, specific financial risks also exist.

Mitigation
Through a number of successful shareholder fundraises, ITM 
Power has a strong and healthy balance sheet with £336 million 
funds available to it at year end. 

Change

A comprehensive monthly governance process is in place to 
monitor key risks versus our financial targets and develop actions 
to effectively mitigate against them. 

Foreign exchange transaction risk is managed through a Treasury 
Policy, hedging for all committed transactions and a range of 
forecasted transactions, thereby mitigating the effects on UK 
import costs.

As a result of the cost and time required for our research and development activities, 
we have not yet achieved profitability, and it may fail to do so in the future. To increase 
revenues and achieve profitability, we must successfully execute its growth strategy, 
which includes, among other things, leveraging strategic partnerships to secure a 
global competitive advantage and building capacity ahead of anticipated demand. 

Furthermore, the length and variability of the sales cycles for our products makes it 
difficult to accurately forecast the timing and amount of specific sales and 
corresponding revenue recognition. Due to the complexity and capital value of the 
projects in which our products and technologies are used, the evaluation process can 
result in a sales cycle of several months or more, and, after evaluations, a potential 
customer may not purchase our product at all. 

As the Group sells its products internationally, general economic conditions in the 
countries in which the Group seeks to operate could have an adverse effect on Group 
earnings from operations in those countries.

Our plans include investment in our product development as well as scaling up our 
manufacturing capabilities, leading to cash outflows. These are likely to increase 
through building products to stock before positive cash flow is generated from sales. If 
we fail to generate planned positive cash flows, we may require further funding.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202236

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Going Concern

The Directors have prepared a cash flow forecast for 
the period ending 30 September 2023. This forecast 
indicates that the Group and parent company would 
expect to remain cash positive without the requirement 
for further fundraising based on delivering the existing 
pipeline, for a period of at least 12 months from the date 
of approval of these financial statements. 

By the end of the period analysed, the Group will still 
hold significant cash reserves. This should give the 
business sufficient funds to trade for the next 12 months 
if the business continues with its medium-term 
business plan.

The business remains in a development phase, and 
continues in a cash outflow position, using funding 
generated from previous fundraises. As such, this cash 
flow forecast has also been stress-tested. As a worst-
case scenario, if all payments had to continue as forecast 
while receipts were not received at all, the business 
would remain cash positive for the full 12 months from 
the date of approval of these financial statements.

The accounts have therefore been prepared on a going 
concern basis.

The Strategic Report set out on pages 4 to 36 was 
approved by the Board on 14 September 2022 and 
signed on its behalf by

Andy Allen
Chief Financial Officer

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202237

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Governance

In this section
38 
Introduction from the Chair of the Board
39  Summary of Application of the QCA Code
41  Board of Directors
44  Corporate Governance Report
51  Audit Committee Report
55  Remuneration Report
68  Directors’ Report
70  Directors’ Responsibilities Statement

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202238

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Introduction from the Chair of the Board

My fellow Board 
members and I 
firmly believe that 
excellent corporate 
governance is 
vital to creating 
a sustainable, 
growing business.

Dear shareholder
I am pleased to present our Governance Report for the 
year. My fellow Board members and I firmly believe that 
excellent corporate governance is vital to creating a 
sustainable, growing business. We aim for our 
governance to be best in class in the AIM Top 50.

As Chair of the Board, it is my responsibility to ensure 
the effective working of the Board through a sound 
governance framework that supports and enables the 
Board. I am supported in this work by my fellow Board 
members and the Company Secretary, who work to 
ensure ITM Power is managed for the long-term benefit 
of all shareholders, having regard to other stakeholders’ 
interests where appropriate.

Our governance framework is summarised on page 44.

The Board has chosen to apply The Quoted Companies 
Alliance Corporate Governance Code 2018 (QCA Code). 
We have set out a summary of ITM Power’s application 
of each of the 10 principles of the QCA Code on the 
following pages, with links to where you can find further 
information in this Annual Report and on our website.

We have historically published our statement of compliance 
with the QCA Code on our website in the first quarter of the 
calendar year. We will from now on publish the relevant 
information in our Annual Report and on our website at 
the same time as the Annual Report is published.

Culture
It is important to ensure our culture is embedded and 
supports our strategy and business model. It is integral 
to our development together as one ITM Power. As a 
rapidly growing business, this has been an area of 
particular focus this year. We ran our first engagement 

survey shortly after the end of the financial year and will 
use this to inform discussions on culture going forward. 
The intention is to run this at regular intervals so we can 
monitor our culture and how it is changing over time.

Our values
We launched our values during the year. These guide 
how we work and align with our vision and mission. 
They underpin our recruitment processes, shape our 
leadership and development programmes and form part 
of our performance and development review process.

Doing the right thing
Our Code of Ethics was introduced last year. This sets out 
how we do business and we have produced supporting 
guidance for our workforce. We choose to operate with 
honesty and integrity in all we do. We do the right thing 
for the right reason throughout our work.

We provide mechanisms for our workforce to speak up 
when they see evidence of possible wrongdoing, fraud 
or unethical behaviour. We listen to concerns that are 
raised; we investigate and where possible we provide an 
explanation of the outcome; and we protect and support 
people who do the right thing. While the speak up 
mechanisms have previously been completely internal to 
ITM Power, we now also provide a third-party independent 
whistleblowing service in the event someone feels 
unable to speak to anyone internally. Training in the 
Code of Ethics is now available for all employees. There 
were no whistleblowing matters raised during the year.

Management is developing a series of key performance 
indicators to measure how our Code of Ethics is 
embedded and applied.

Leadership
Visible leadership is key to our values, ethics and culture. 
Our leaders set expectations for behaviour and 
demonstrate these expectations through their own 
behaviour. This approach is based on an open, 
collaborative team culture. The culture is promoted 
through an open-door policy for access to senior 
managers and leaders, a flat structure, and close team 
working. Understanding more about how our culture is 
perceived by managers and employees is addressed 
through engagement surveys.

Sir Roger Bone
Chair of the Board
14 September 2022

Our values:
We
Collaborate
We
Care
We are
Tenacious
We 
Innovate
We seek
Joy

Our ethical principles:
Always safety first
Always act in accordance with laws and regulations
Always act with integrity to deliver excellence
One team: always committed to work well together
Always respectful

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202239

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Summary of Application of the QCA Code

Principle
1. 
Establish a strategy 
and business model 
which promote 
long-term value for 
shareholders

2. 
Seek to understand 
and meet 
shareholder needs 
and expectations

Application and key actions during the year
 – Our vision, mission, strategy and business model 
respond to a growing demand and need for net 
zero carbon emissions

 – We have a product offering that is scalable
 – Our competitive advantage is the efficient 

manufacture and supply of best-in-class PEM 
electrolysers

 – We work strategically with partners to scale our 
impact, industrial reach and market penetration
 – The CEO and CFO brief the Board on the views of 

major shareholders

 – We communicate with shareholders through 

meetings, presentations, online events, 
announcements and general meetings

 – We completed a fundraise of £250 million in 

November 2021

 – We engaged with shareholders to discuss their 
concerns and reasons behind the 28.70% vote 
against the approval of our Remuneration Report 
and published our response on our website

Further reading
 – Our vision and mission on page 17
 – Our Strategy and Our Business 

Model on pages 17 to 18

 – Stakeholder engagement: 

Investors on page 21

 – Remuneration Report on page 56
 – https://itm-power.com/investors/

shareholder-documents

3. 
Take into account 
wider stakeholder 
and social 
responsibilities and 
their implications 
for long-term 
success

 – The ESG Committee supports our commitment 

 – Stakeholders and Section 172(1) 

to be a sustainable business

Statement from page 19

 – We have identified our key stakeholders and 

 – Sustainable Energy, Engineered 

ensure appropriate engagement with them takes 
place: workforce, strategic partners, customers 
and potential customers, suppliers, regulators and 
industry bodies, and local communities

Sustainably from page 24
 – ESG Report 2022 at https://
itm-power.com/investors/
financial-reports

Principle
4. 
Embed effective risk 
management, 
considering both 
opportunities and 
threats, throughout 
the organisation

5. 
Maintain the board 
as a well-
functioning, 
balanced team led 
by the chair

Application and key actions during the year
 – We maintain a risk register and risk management is 

Further reading
 – Principal Risks and Uncertainties 

overseen by the Audit Committee

 – We have a framework of internal financial controls, 
overseen by the Board, the Audit Committee and 
the Executive Committee

 – Our framework of non-financial controls is 

overseen by the Board

 – We have quality and HSE management systems 

in place

 – Our Code of Ethics and handbook set out the 

ethical and conduct expectations of our workforce
 – During the year, we created a Risk and Assurance 
function with responsibility for risk management 
and internal audit

 – All the Board members have the same duties, 
including to act in the best interests of the 
Company as a whole, but they have different roles, 
which contribute to the effective operation of 
the Board

 – We created a separate, stand-alone role for the 
Company Secretary and recruited a governance 
professional into the role

from page 30

 – Audit Committee Report from 

page 51

 – See also principle 8

 – Roles and responsibilities on the 

Board on page 45

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202240

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Summary of application of the QCA Code continued
Summary of Application of the QCA Code continued

Principle
6. 
Ensure that 
between them the 
directors have the 
necessary 
up-to-date 
experience, skills 
and capabilities

7.
Evaluate board 
performance based 
on clear and 
relevant objectives, 
seeking continuous 
improvement
8.
Promote a 
corporate culture 
that is based on 
ethical values and 
behaviours

Further reading
 – Board biographies on pages 41 to 

42

 – Balance on the Board on page 43
 – Induction and training on page 45

Application and key actions during the year
 – Board members have an appropriate balance of 

skills, experience, personal qualities and 
capabilities to support our strategy and business 
model

 – The Board committed to achieving 33% female 
Board membership at the earliest possible date 
and to increasing the ethnic diversity of its 
members

 – An induction programme is provided for new 

Board members

 – The NOMAD, Company Secretary, Ernst & Young 
LLP (remuneration consultants), Good Business 
(ESG consultants) and other advisors are available 
to the Board

 – We conduct a periodic evaluation (every 18-24 

 – Board evaluation on page 47

months) of the Board’s performance

 – The outcomes from the evaluation process are 

reported in the next annual report

 – We conducted an evaluation in early 2022

 – Our Code of Ethics sets out how we do business
 – We provide mechanisms for our workforce to 

speak up

 – Visible leadership is key
 – We are an equal opportunities employer
 – We are clear about our expectations of 

our workforce

 – During the year, we launched the values that 

guide how we work to drive forward our vision 
and mission

 – Our vision and mission on page 17
 – Our values on page 28
 – Sustainable Energy, Engineered 
Sustainably: Business ethics on 
page 29

 – ESG Report 2022 at https://
itm-power.com/investors/
financial-reports

 – Code of Ethics at https://

itm-power.com/sustainability

Principle
9.
Maintain 
governance 
structures and 
processes that are 
fit for purpose and 
support good 
decision-making by 
the board
10.
Communicate how 
the company is 
governed and is 
performing by 
maintaining a 
dialogue with 
shareholders and 
other relevant 
stakeholders

Application and key actions during the year
 – The Board retains control of key decisions
 – Certain matters are delegated to Committees
 – The CEO manages the day-to-day business with 

the Executive Committee

 – Decisions are made in accordance with 

delegated authorities

Further reading
 – Governance framework on page 

44

 – Roles and responsibilities on the 

Board on page 45

 – We engage with shareholders and stakeholders
 – We publish the outcome of all general meeting 

votes through London Stock Exchange’s Regulatory 
News Service

 – Stakeholders and Section 172(1) 

Statement from page 19
 – See also principles 2 and 3

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202241

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Board of Directors

Key
A  Audit Committee
E  ESG Committee
N  Nomination Committee
R  Remuneration Committee
S  Strategic Advisory Committee
T  Technology Management Committee

 Chair of the Committee

Sir Roger Bone
Chair of the Board

Dr Graham Cooley
CEO 

Andy Allen
CFO 

Dr Simon Bourne
Chief Technology Officer

Dr Rachel Smith
Services Director

Appointed to the Board: June 2014

Appointed to the Board: June 2009

Appointed to the Board: May 2018

Appointed to the Board: November 2009

Appointed to the Board: September 2015

Independent: Yes
A   N
Key skills/experience:
 – Senior leadership of international and 
manufacturing/industrial organisations

 – Broad range of financial experience
 – Risk management
 – Significant service within UK Government
 – Fellow of the Institution of Engineering 

Designers

Previous appointments include:
 – Boeing UK – President
 – Foreign & Colonial Investment Trust plc – 

Senior Independent Director

 – National Centre for Universities and 

Business (NCUB) – Non-Executive Director 
and trustee

 – Honorary Ambassador for British business
 – British Ambassador to Brazil and Sweden
 – Royal United Services Institute – trustee

Key external commitments:
 – Chairman of Over-C Limited
 – Joint Chairman of Motive (nominated 

by ITM Power)

Independent: No
E   N
Key skills/experience:
 – Power sector
 – Understanding of financial markets
 – Leading growth businesses
 – PhD in physics
 – MBA
 – Fellow of the Institute of Metals, Minerals 

and Mining

 – Fellow of the Energy Institute
 – Fellow of The Institution of Engineering 

and Technology

Previous appointments include:
 – National Power plc – Business 

Development Manager

 – International Power plc – Business 

Development Manager

 – Sensortec Ltd – CEO
 – Metalysis Ltd – founding CEO
 – Antenova Ltd – founding CEO

Independent: No

Independent: No
T

Key skills/experience:
 – Chartered accountant
 – Extensive experience auditing 
manufacturing companies

 – Understanding of financial markets

Key skills/experience:
 – Design and development of electrolysers
 – PhD regarding hydrophilic polymers

Independent: No
E   S
Key skills/experience:
 – Material and electrochemical cells
 – Environmental science
 – Energy conservation
 – EngD regarding carbon fibre composites

Previous appointments include:
 – None

Previous appointments include:
 – Sonatest PLC – Project Engineer
 – Ministry of Defence – Researcher

Previous appointments include:
 – Research Scientist

Key external commitments:
 – Member of the UK Hydrogen Advisory 

Key external commitments:
 – None

Key external commitments:
 – None

Key external commitments:
 – None

Council

 – Non-Executive Director of Renewable UK 

Association

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202242

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Board of Directors continued

Key
A  Audit Committee
E  ESG Committee
N  Nomination Committee
R  Remuneration Committee
S  Strategic Advisory Committee
T  Technology Management Committee

 Chair of the Committee

Denise Cockrem
Non-Executive Director

Martin Green
Non-Executive Director

Jürgen Nowicki
Non-Executive Director

Katherine Roe
Non-Executive Director

Appointed to the Board: July 2022

Appointed to the Board: September 2019

Appointed to the Board: November 2019

Appointed to the Board: May 2020

Board members that stepped down during 
the year:
 – Tom Rae resigned effective 

16 November 2021

Independent: Yes
A  
Key skills/experience:
 – Chartered accountant
 – Financial planning and analysis
 – Performance reporting and forecasting
 – Financial controls
 – Internal audit and risk management
 – Strategic planning
 – Regulatory compliance

Previous appointments include:
 – Good Energy Group plc – Chief Financial 

Officer

 – RSA Insurance Group – UK and Western 
Europe Finance Director, Deputy UK 
Finance Director, Group Director of 
Financial Planning and Analysis, Group 
Financial Controller

 – Direct Line – Finance Director of Direct 

Line Retail Division

 – Royal Bank of Scotland – Head of Finance, 
Corporate Banking and Financial Markets

Key external commitments:
 – Benefact Group and Ecclesiastical 
Insurance Office plc – Group Chief 
Financial Officer

Independent: Yes
A   R   S
Key skills/experience:
 – Battery, fuel cell and hydrogen 

technologies

 – Senior leadership of international and 
manufacturing/industrial organisations

 – Broad range of financial experience
 – Risk management
 – Business-to-business customer and supply 

chain management

 – Strategy development and implementation
 – Scaling growth businesses
 – Mergers and acquisitions experience
Previous appointments include:
 – Johnson Matthey plc – various positions 
over 30 years, latterly as group strategy 
director

Independent: No
S   T
Key skills/experience:
 – Engineering sector
 – Accountant
 – Internal audit
 – Understanding of financial markets
 – Risk management
 – Business-to-business customer and supply 

chain management

 – Senior leadership of international 

organisations
 – Strategic planning

Previous appointments include:
 – Linde Gas North America – CFO
 – Linde Group – Head of Finance and Control
 – Linde Engineering – Senior Vice President, 

Commercial

Independent: Yes
E   N   R
Key skills/experience:
 – Energy sector
 – Finance
 – Capital markets
 – Risk management
 – Senior leadership of international 

organisations
 – Remuneration
 – Marketing/PR
 – Corporate development
 – Strategic planning
 – ESG expertise
Previous appointments include:
 – Morgan Stanley – investment banking
 – Panmure Gordon – Director within 

investment banking, headed the energy 
team

 – Wentworth Resources plc – CFO

Key external commitments:
 – The Henry Royce Institute for Advanced 

Materials – Non-Executive Director
 – LeydenJar Technologies BV – Non-

Key external commitments:
 – Linde plc – Executive Vice President, 

Managing Director of Linde Engineering

Key external commitments:
 – Wentworth Resources plc – CEO
 – Longboard Energy plc – Non-Executive 
Director and Audit Committee Chair

 – MacIntyre Academies Trust – Independent 

Executive Director

Member

 – Anaphite Limited – Non-Executive Director

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202243

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Board of Directors continued

Balance on the Board
The Board is satisfied that its members possess an appropriate balance of skills, experience, personal qualities, and 
capabilities. It has identified the skills and experience below as being of key importance to support our future plans. 
It has also identified supporting skills and experience where it feels it is appropriate to rely on the support of specialists 
within senior management and external advisors, including technology/IT, marketing/PR, lobbying/political/regulatory 
and legal. The Board is pleased to have improved the balance and diversity on the Board since the publication of the 
last Annual Report.

Women on the Board 

3 of 9 

(2 of 9 at the time of the 2021 AGM)

Independent Directors on the Board  
(including the Chair of the Board)

4 of 9 

(3 of 9 at the time of the 2021 AGM)

Directors’ skills and experience

10

8

6

4

2

5

4

6

2

5

5

4

1

0

Supplier m anage m ent
Business-to-business custo m ers
O ur m arket/
M anufacturing/industrial
industry

9

9

■  Core capability
■  Supplemental capability

7

6

6¹

6

6

6

5

4

3

3

3

3

3

0

Strategy
Financial m arkets

Audit/finance

0

Risk

Leadership

People

Succession planning

Re m uneration

1

ESG

1.   Of our Directors with audit/finance experience, only two were members of the Audit Committee during the year. While having a broad range of financial 

experience, these two Directors do not have specific audit or accounting expertise. The addition of Denise Cockrem with effect from 25 July 2022, has enhanced 
this experience on the Board and, in particular, on the Audit Committee.

Executive/Non-Executive Directors on the Board

Age profile of the Board

 Executive
 Non-Executive1

1.  Including the Chair of the Board.

4
5

 Up to 40
 41 – 50
 51 – 65
 Over 65

1
3
4
1

Tenure profile of the Board: Executive1

Tenure profile of the Board: Non-Executive1

Executive

1
1
2

Non-
Executive2
1
3

Ethnicity

12

9 of 9

White European

 <1 year
 1 – 3 years
 3 – 6 years
 6 – 9 years
 >9 years

1.  As at 14 September 2022.
2.  Including the Chair of the Board.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 2022 
44

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Corporate 
Governance Report

In this report we provide more detail 
regarding how we apply the 
principles of the QCA Code.

Governance framework
Our governance framework is 
summarised here:

Further reading:
 – Board activities during the year on 

page 46

 – Board Committees from page 47
 – Audit Committee Report from 

page 51

 – Sustainable Energy, Engineered 

Sustainably from page 24
 – Remuneration Report from 

page 55

Stakeholders
including our workforce, strategic partners, customers and potential customers, suppliers, regulators and industry bodies, and local communities

 Licence to operate   Delegation   Accountability and reporting

Board
Provides overall leadership, 
independent oversight of 
performance and works to ensure 
that ITM Power PLC and its wider 
business group (the Group) is 
managed for the long-term benefit 
of all shareholders.

Primarily responsible for our 
strategic plan, risk management, 
systems of internal control and 
corporate governance to ensure 
the long-term success of the 
Group.

Retains control of key decisions, 
including: strategic decisions, 
annual and long-term business 
plans, changes to our principal 
activities, material contracts, 
mergers, acquisitions and 
disposals.

s
n
o
ti
a
d
n
e
m
m
o
c
e
r
d
n
a
g
n
ti
r
o
p
e
R

n
o
ti
a
g
e
e
D

l

e
c
i
v
d
A

Audit Committee
Primary responsibilities are to: monitor the integrity of the Group’s financial statements and financial announcements; monitor the quality and 
effectiveness of internal controls and risk management systems; review arrangements for speaking up, detecting fraud and managing bribery risks; 
monitor internal audit or alternative arrangements; and manage the external auditor relationship.

ESG Committee
Leads the development of the Group’s ESG strategy, policies and programmes. Responsible for the Group’s short- and long-term ESG objectives and 
reporting of key metrics. Oversees compliance with relevant laws and regulations, including principles of good corporate governance and ethical 
behaviour.

Nomination Committee
Leads the process for Board appointments and succession planning, including considering  
the composition of the Board and its future requirements.

Remuneration Committee
Determines the remuneration policy for the Chair of the Board and Executive Directors, aiming to support the strategy and long-term success of the 
Company. Sets the performance conditions for awards granted under the terms of the ITM Power PLC Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP). Approves the 
remuneration packages of the Executive Directors, including grants of LTIP awards.

Strategic Advisory Committee
Advises the Board on key business development matters.

Technology Management Committee
Primary responsibilities are to: review the Group’s product portfolio and development plans; review the suitability of the portfolio, manufacturing 
capacity and planned developments to satisfy anticipated market developments; review requirements to meet the Group’s technology goal to be 
best-in-class.

 Values   Strategy   Delegation   Accountability and reporting

Executive Committee
The CEO manages the day-to-day business with the Executive Committee.

The Executive Directors together with other senior management meet regularly to consider business development, technology development, project performance,  
the financial performance of the Group and other management issues.

 Values   Strategy   Delegation   Accountability and reporting

Our people

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
45

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Corporate Governance Report continued

Roles and responsibilities on the Board
All the Board members have the same duties, including to act in the best interests of the Company as a whole, but 
they have different roles:

Role
Chair of the 
Board

Held by
Sir Roger Bone (independent)

CEO

Graham Cooley

Non-
Executive 
Directors 
(NEDs)

Executive 
Directors

Denise Cockrem (independent) 
effective 25 July 2022
Martin Green (independent)
Jürgen Nowicki (shareholder 
nominee)
Katherine Roe (independent)
Andy Allen (CFO)
Simon Bourne  
(Chief Technology Officer)
Rachel Smith (Services Director)

Responsibilities
 – Effective working of the Board
 – Leads and manages the business of the Board
 – Sets the agenda for Board discussions
 – Promotes effective and constructive debate
 – Supports a sound decision-making process
 – Plus the responsibilities of Non-Executive Directors
 – Available to shareholders
 – Executive management of the business day-to-day, 

including leading the Executive Committee

 – Implementing the strategy
 – Leading operational matters
 – Performance (financial and non-financial)
 – Available to shareholders
 – Provide constructive challenge, strategic guidance, 

external insight and specialist advice

 – Hold management to account
 – Available to shareholders on request

 – Operational matters, within areas of specific 

responsibility

 – Performance, within areas of specific responsibility
 – Available to shareholders on request

Board meetings are scheduled in advance, with ad hoc 
meetings arranged to suit business needs. Meetings 
were largely held virtually during the year as a result of 
the continuing impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. We 
aim to return to face-to-face meetings over the course 
of the next year.

The Chair of the Board commits around five to six days a 
month to his duties and is paid a fee. The other NEDs are 
expected to provide around three days a month of their 
time and, with the exception of Jürgen Nowicki, receive 
only fees. Jürgen receives no remuneration from us for 
his service – he is remunerated by Linde. The Board 
considers the other demands on the time of any 
proposed NED before their appointment and satisfies 
itself that their other commitments will not interfere 
with their ability to perform their duties effectively.

The Executive Directors are full-time employees 
and officers of the Company. They receive salaries, 
performance-related remuneration and benefits. 
More details can be found in the Remuneration Report.

Directors are subject to election at the first AGM of the 
Company following their appointment. Thereafter, they 
are subject to re-election every three years or, if they 
have been in office for nine years or more, annually.

Balance and diversity
The Board is comfortable that it is balanced, both 
numerically and in experience. Nevertheless, it remains 
aware of the need to keep this under review. Details 
of individual Directors’ skills and experience plus an 
overview of the skills and experience on the Board 
are provided on page 43.

The Board is also cognisant of the need to ensure 
appropriate diversity of thought, which aids good 
decision making. This is driven by many factors in Directors’ 
backgrounds, including gender and ethnicity. The Board 
committed to achieving 33% female Board membership at 
the earliest possible date, which it met with the appointment 
of Denise Cockrem in July 2022. It is also committed to 
increasing the ethnic diversity of its members.

Induction and training
It is important to ensure all Board members are given 
the right access to information to enable them to 
discharge their duties. The Company Secretary works 
to ensure the Board and its Committees have full and 
timely access to relevant information. This includes 
provision of an induction programme to new Board 
members and circulation of papers in advance 
of meetings.

The revised induction programme (see Board evaluation on 
page 47) includes a suite of induction materials explaining:
 – Their legal duties and responsibilities, including in 

relation to section 172 of the Companies Act
 – The calendar of Board and Committee meetings
 – Governance documents, policies and procedures
 – Committee terms of reference
 – Our Code of Ethics and share dealing code
 – Background information about ITM Power
 – Meetings with members of the Board and the 

Executive Committee and a visit to our factory are 
also arranged.

Training is arranged to address specific development 
needs or areas of focus. Annual training is provided by 
the Company’s NOMAD, Investec, on the AIM rules and 
the Market Abuse Regulation.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202246

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Corporate Governance Report continued

Board activities during the year
The key areas of focus for the Board’s activities and topics discussed during the year were as follows:

Scheduled meeting attendance1

Strategic/governance pillar
Strategic: continual technology 
development
Strategic: scalable manufacturing

Strategic: strong partners and 
relationships

Strategic: develop ITM Power 
Service
Strategic: expert knowledge

Governance: financial

Governance: operations

Governance: best in class

Discussion topics
 – PGM strategy
 – Technology, research and development
 – Production updates
 – Performance forecasts
 – Motive joint venture with Vitol
 – £250 million capital fundraise
 – Procurement strategy and key procurement contracts
 – Marketing and communications strategy
 – Employee engagement, including the creation and cascade of shared 

objectives

 – Significant customer projects

 – Recruitment of key personnel including Operations Director and Projects 

Director

 – Budget approval
 – The Group’s banking facilities
 – Approval of full year results and Annual Report for FY21
 – Approval of half year results for the six months ended 31 October 2021
 – Views of investors and analysts
 – Approvals of capital spend above the threshold set by the Board
 – Workforce performance indicators including senior management and 

wider recruitment, analysis of workforce composition

 – Health and safety performance
 – Updates on ESG action plan progress
 – Approval of the notice of AGM
 – Training on AIM and Market Abuse Regulation rules and obligations
 – QCA Code compliance
 – Board evaluation
 – Review of the terms of reference of the Nomination Committee and 

appointment of Katherine Roe to the Nomination Committee

 – Group risks

Chair of the Board
Sir Roger Bone
Executive Directors
Graham Cooley
Andy Allen
Simon Bourne
Rachel Smith
Non-Executive 
Directors
Martin Green
Jürgen Nowicki
Tom Rae2
Katherine Roe

Board3

Audit 
Committee

ESG 
Committee

Nomination 
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Strategic 
Advisory
Committee5

Technology 
Management 
Committee6

5 (5)

5 (5)
5 (5)
5 (5)
5 (5)

4 (5)
4 (5)
1 (2)
5 (5)

6 (6)

n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

6 (6)
n/a
n/a
n/a

n/a

2 (2)
n/a
n/a
2 (2)

n/a
n/a
n/a
2 (2)

2 (2)

2 (2)
n/a
n/a
n/a

n/a
n/a
n/a
1 (1)4

n/a

n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

4 (4)
n/a
n/a
4 (4)

n/a

n/a
n/a
n/a
2 (2)

2 (2)
2 (2)
1 (1)
n/a

n/a

n/a
n/a
3 (3)
n/a

n/a
3 (3)
3 (3)
n/a

1.  The maximum number of scheduled meetings in the period during which the individual was a Board or Committee member is shown in brackets.
2.  Tom Rae resigned from the Board on 16 November 2021.
3.  A number of additional ad hoc meetings of the Board were held during the year to consider specific matters as they arose.
4.  Katherine Roe joined the Nomination Committee from 6 December 2021.
5.  Cosma Panzacchi, a representative of Snam, was also a member of the Strategic Advisory Committee, but not the Board. He attended two meetings during the 

year and was eligible to attend two meetings.

6.  Marco Chiesa, a representative of Snam, is also a member of the Technology Management Committee, but not the Board. He attended three meetings during 

the year and was eligible to attend three meetings.

7.  Denise Cockrem was appointed with effect from 25 July 2022 so did not attend any meetings during the year.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202247

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Corporate Governance Report continued

Board evaluation
To ensure its continued effectiveness, the Board undertakes a periodic evaluation of its performance and that of its 
Committees. It is committed to doing so every 18 to 24 months.

The last evaluation was undertaken in January 2022. The Chair of the Board led the process, with the support of the 
Company Secretary. A questionnaire was issued and the Chair of the Board then conducted an interview with each 
Board member. A qualitative assessment of key matters was performed, covering Board responsibilities, composition 
of the Board, engagement and input, strategy, information flows and meeting administration, performance 
monitoring, delegations, stakeholders and risk. The Board considered the outcomes and developed an action 
plan to address any improvements identified, which will be implemented during FY23.

Board Committees
There are six Committees of the Board. The work of the 
Audit and Remuneration Committees is discussed in the 
Audit Committee Report and the Remuneration Report 
respectively. The remit of each Committee is 
summarised below, with some additional detail provided 
about areas of focus during the year.

Audit Committee
Key duties and responsibilities
 – Monitors the integrity of the Group’s financial 

statements and financial announcements

Members
 – Martin Green (Chair)
 – Sir Roger Bone
 – Denise Cockrem effective 25 July 2022

Supported by (by invitation)
 – CEO
 – CFO, Group Financial Controller and other members of 

the Finance team

 – Risk and Assurance function – risk management and 

internal audit

 – Other senior management including the Company 

 – Monitors the quality and effectiveness of internal 

Secretary

It is expected the Company will conduct an externally facilitated process in due course.

2022 Board evaluation findings and actions

Findings

Board composition
Consider future 
experience 
requirements on the 
Board

Committee remit
Technology 
Management 
Committee could be 
refocused to support 
future needs better

Induction
Induction processes 
curtailed during the 
COVID-19 pandemic

Actions taken

 – Develop a skills 

matrix recording 
current skills and 
experience to help 
identify potential 
gaps

 – Recruit a NED with 
strong accounting 
experience

 – Review the remit of 
the Technology 
Management 
Committee to 
ensure it addresses 
our future needs

 – Develop a more 
formal induction 
programme for 
NEDs (see Induction 
and training on page 
45)

 – External Auditor – Grant Thornton UK LLP

Read more:
 – Audit Committee Report from page 51
 – Anti-fraud and bribery policy on our website at  

https://itm-power.com/sustainability

Governance
Authorities and 
delegations are in 
place and understood 
but are not kept in a 
single, easily referable 
repository
 – Consolidate 

authorities and 
delegations in a 
single repository

controls and risk management systems

 – Reviews arrangements for speaking up, detecting fraud 

and managing bribery risks

 – Monitors internal audit or alternative arrangements
 – Manages the external auditor relationship

Areas of focus during the year
 – Full year results and Annual Report for FY21 
 – Half year results for the six months ended 31 October 

2021

 – External auditor: 2021 audit plan, effectiveness, 

independence, reappointment

 – Risk management: risk register review, deep dives on 

key risks, creation of risk management function

 – Internal audit: reviews of key controls and monitoring 
actions arising therefrom, creation of internal audit 
function

 – Review of anti-fraud and bribery controls, including 

speak-up arrangements and the approach to 
hospitality, gifts and potential conflicts

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202248

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Corporate Governance Report continued

ESG Committee
Key duties and responsibilities
 – Leads the development of the Group’s ESG strategy, 

policies and programmes

 – Responsible for the Group’s short- and long-term ESG 

objectives and reporting of key metrics

 – Oversees compliance with relevant laws and 

regulations, including principles of good governance

Areas of focus during the year
 – ESG strategy, actions and objectives
 – ESG Report

Members
 – Katherine Roe (Chair)
 – Graham Cooley
 – Rachel Smith

Supported by (by invitation)
 – Senior management including the Company Secretary, 

Head of HR and Head of Investor Relations

 – Good Business, a consultancy with more than two 

decades’ sustainability experience

Read more:
 – Sustainable Energy, Engineered Sustainably from 

page 24

 – ESG Report 2022 at  

https://itm-power.com/investors/financial-reports

Nomination Committee
Key duties and responsibilities
 – Leads the process for Board appointments and 
succession planning, including considering the 
composition of the Board and its future requirements

Areas of focus during the year
 – Succession planning for members of the Executive 

Committee and the Chair of the Board

 – Skills and experience needed on the Board in the 

future

 – Recruitment of an additional NED
 – Reviewed its terms of reference and recommended 

changes to the Board

 – Framework agreed for Committee activities

Members
 – Sir Roger Bone (Chair)
 – Graham Cooley
 – Katherine Roe effective 6 December 2021

Supported by (by invitation)
 – Russell Reynolds Associates, an executive search and 

leadership firm

 – Company Secretary

Committee membership
Recognising the importance of independent oversight of 
Board appointments, the Nomination Committee 
recommended to the Board that Katherine Roe be 
invited to join the Nomination Committee as a member 
from 6 December 2021. The Board and Katherine 
supported this recommendation and Katherine joined 
the Nomination Committee.

Succession planning
We believe maintaining a well-balanced Board with the 
right mix of skills and experience is important to ensure 
our future success. This needs regular review to ensure:
 – The skills and experience on the Board are the right 

ones to oversee and guide the delivery of our current 
and future strategy

 – There is a plan to respond to any vacancy that may 

arise – whether anticipated or unexpected

To support this, and as an action from the Board 
evaluation process, a matrix was developed to identify 
the skills and experience needed to support our future 
plans. The Nomination Committee reviewed the matrix 
in light of the skills and experience on the Board, within 
the Group and available externally. It concluded that the 
Board was balanced with a good mix of skills and 
experience, with appropriate support from specialists 
within senior management and external advisors. It 
nevertheless identified some areas for consideration in 
any future recruitment activity. Feedback received as 
part of the Board evaluation process was also taken into 
consideration in developing the matrix and identifying 
future requirements. An overview of the skills and 
experience identified through this process is provided on 
page 43.

The Nomination Committee reviewed the succession 
plans for the members of the Executive Committee and 
the Chair of the Board during the year. It considered and 
agreed the plans for succession in an emergency 
situation as well as over the mid term and long term.

NED recruitment
With the departure of Tom Rae from the Board, the 
Nomination Committee considered the future needs of 
the Board. It consulted other members of the Board for 
their input and concluded it would be appropriate to 
appoint a further independent NED. A tender process 
was conducted to identify an external firm to support 
the recruitment process and Russell Reynolds Associates 
was chosen.

A candidate specification was drawn up with Russell 
Reynolds Associates, feeding in the input from other 
members of the Board. It was agreed there should be a 
focus on appointing someone with strong accounting 
and broader financial skills and experience as well as 
considering the Board’s commitment to increasing its 
gender and ethnic diversity. From the initial list of 
potential candidates identified by Russell Reynolds 
Associates, a shortlist was identified for interview by 
members of the Nomination Committee. They were 
assessed objectively against the candidate specification 
and further shortlisted for interview by the CEO and 
CFO. The feedback from all the interviews was 
considered and, from a strong field, a preferred 
candidate identified.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202249

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Corporate Governance Report continued

Denise Cockrem was appointed to the Board with effect 
from 25 July 2022 and was also appointed as a member 
of the Audit Committee. Denise brings to the Board a 
wealth of accounting and financial experience, 
encompassing financial planning and analysis, 
performance reporting and forecasting, financial 
controls, internal audit and risk management, from her 
current role as Chief Financial Officer of Ecclesiastical 
Insurance Office plc and previous finance roles in Good 
Energy Group plc, RSA Insurance Group, Direct Line – 
Retail Division and Royal Bank of Scotland. The 
Nomination Committee considered the other 
commitments of Denise and is satisfied they will not 
impair her ability to serve as an effective member of the 
Board and Audit Committee.

Russell Reynolds Associates provides no other services 
to ITM Power, but has been retained by Motive to 
support the search for new members of the senior 
management team. It is a founding member of the UK’s 
Standard Voluntary Code of Conduct for Executive 
Search Firms and is one of the firms accredited under 
the Enhanced Code for its leading work on promoting 
board diversity.

Remuneration Committee
Key duties and responsibilities
 – Determines the remuneration policy for the Chair of 
the Board and Executive Directors, aiming to support 
the strategy and long-term success of the Company
 – Sets the performance conditions for awards granted 

under the terms of the LTIP

 – Approves the remuneration packages of the Executive 

Members
 – Katherine Roe (Chair)
 – Martin Green

Supported by (by invitation)
 – Chair of the Board
 – CEO and CFO
 – Other senior management including the 

Directors, including grants of LTIP awards.

Company Secretary

 – Ernst & Young LLP provides independent advice 

to the Remuneration Committee

Read more:
 – Remuneration Report on page 55

Areas of focus during the year
 – Bonus pay outs for the Executive Directors for FY21 
 – Benchmarking Executive Directors’ remuneration and 

revising salaries

 – Setting performance targets for the annual bonus and 

for LTIP awards granted in the year

 – Remuneration Report for FY21
 – LTIP grants to Executive Directors
 – Remuneration consultant review
 – Review of leaver treatments under the Company’s 

share plans

Strategic Advisory Committee
Key duties and responsibilities
 – Advises the Board on key business development 

matters

Areas of focus during the year
 – Anti-trust considerations
 – ITM Power strategy and market environment
 – Competitor landscape and positioning

Members
 – Martin Green (Chair)
 – Jürgen Nowicki
 – Comsa Panzacchi to 1 July 2022/Piero Ercoli from 

1 July 2022 (Snam representative)

 – Rachel Smith

Supported by (by invitation)
 – CEO, CTO and other senior management
 – Linde, ILE and Snam provide market intelligence and 

competitor analysis to the Strategic Advisory 
Committee

 – Company Secretary

Read more:
 – Our Strategy and Our Business Model on pages 17 

to 18

 – Our Market from page 15
 – Markets we serve: https://itm-power.com/markets

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202250

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Corporate Governance Report continued

Technology Management Committee
Key duties and responsibilities
 – Reviews the Group’s product portfolio and 

development plans

Supported by (by invitation)
 – Senior management representing research and 
development and product management teams

 – ILE and Snam:

 – Reviews the suitability of the portfolio, manufacturing 

 – Provide information to the Technology Management 

capacity and planned developments to satisfy 
anticipated market developments

 – Reviews requirements to meet the Group’s technology 

goal to be best-in-class

Areas of focus during the year
 – Product and innovation roadmap
 – Research and development focus areas
 – Standardisation and homologation requirements
 – Focus areas for value engineering

Members
 – Jürgen Nowicki (Chair)
 – Simon Bourne
 – Marco Chiesa (Snam representative)

Committee about how ITM Power’s technology 
compares to competitor technologies

 – Recommend enhancements, product standardisation 
and product homologation requirements emerging 
in the market
 – Company Secretary

Read more:
 – Our Business Model on page 18
 – Our electrolysers and how they work:  

https://itm-power.com/products

Where to find additional disclosures

Disclosure
How we seek to engage 
shareholders
Outcomes of votes at general 
meetings
Response to significant proportion 
of votes against a resolution at any 
general meeting
Historical annual reports

Notices of general meetings

Articles of Association

Admission documents

Information required to comply 
with AIM Rule 26

Location
Stakeholders and Section 172 Statement from page 19

Regulatory news announcements on our website:  
https://itm-power.com/investors/news
Shareholder documents, under Notices and circulars, on our website:  
https://itm-power.com/investors/shareholder-documents

Financial and ESG reports on our website:  
https://itm-power.com/investors/financial-reports
Shareholder documents, under Notices and circulars, on our website:  
https://itm-power.com/investors/shareholder-documents
Shareholder documents, under Articles of Association, on our website:  
https://itm-power.com/investors/shareholder-documents
Shareholder documents, under Admission documents, on our website:  
https://itm-power.com/investors/shareholder-documents
AIM Rule 26 on our website:  
https://itm-power.com/investors/aim-rule-26

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202251

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Audit Committee Report

Introduction from the 
Chair of the Audit Committee

Our focus during 
the year was on 
supporting the 
Board’s approval 
of the financial 
statements and 
overseeing the 
services provided 
by the external 
auditor in relation 
to those financial 
statements.

Dear shareholder
As Chair of the Audit Committee, I am pleased to present 
the Audit Committee’s report for FY22. This report is 
intended to explain how the Committee has met its 
responsibilities throughout the year.

Committee members, meetings and support
We were grateful for the support of the Nomination 
Committee in identifying Denise Cockrem to join the 
Board and the Audit Committee in July 2022. Denise’s 
expertise in accounting and finance will further enhance 
our experience and support our work.

The Audit Committee’s full membership is provided on 
page 47 along with details of those that supported the 
Audit Committee during the year.

Attendance at scheduled meetings during the year is 
provided on page 46.

Areas of focus during the year
Our focus during the year was on supporting the Board’s 
approval of the financial statements and overseeing the 
services provided by the external auditor in relation to 
those financial statements. The Audit Committee also 
performed certain risk management and internal audit 
functions. We also reviewed the anti-fraud and bribery 
controls, including speak-up arrangements and the 
approach to hospitality, gifts and potential conflicts.

Given the increasing scale, diversity and complexity of 
ITM Power, we identified the importance of enhancing 
the risk management processes within the organisation. 
We also agreed with management the time was right to 
create an internal audit function. It was agreed a new 
Risk and Assurance function would be created, with 
responsibility for risk management and internal audit. 
More information is provided later in the Audit 
Committee Report.

Availability to shareholders
I am available to shareholders to answer any questions 
on the work of the Audit Committee.

Martin Green
Chair of the Audit Committee 
14 September 2022 

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202252

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Audit Committee Report continued

Composition of the Audit Committee
In line with best practice, the Board is satisfied that all 
members of the Audit Committee are independent.

Denise Cockrem has a particular expertise in accounting 
and finance, as demonstrated through her career. Her 
current role as Chief Financial Officer of Ecclesiastical 
Insurance Office plc and previous finance roles in Good 
Energy Group plc, RSA Insurance Group, Direct Line – 
Retail Division and Royal Bank of Scotland have enabled 
her to develop skills and experience encompassing 
financial planning and analysis, performance reporting 
and forecasting, financial controls, internal audit and risk 
management.

Both Martin Green and Sir Roger Bone are considered to 
have a broad range of financial experience. Martin 
previously had responsibility for the financial 
performance of a portfolio of Johnson Matthey 
businesses, while Sir Roger previously acted as a 
Non-Executive Director, Senior Independent Director 
and member of the Audit Committee of the F&C 
Investment Trust, which has a portfolio of over £4 billion.

Significant accounting judgements and estimates
The Audit Committee considered the significant 
accounting judgements and estimates ahead of each 
market announcement regarding ITM Power’s results. 
The areas in which the Audit Committee was required 
to exercise significant judgement during the year were:

Accounting 
area
Stock 
obsolescence

Key financial impact(s)
No material difference

Depreciation

Losses reduced by £0.5 million

Contract 
accounting 
and provisions

Provisions for contract loss 
increased in year from £4.82 million 
to £12.5 million (see Note 22 to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements)

Audit Committee considerations
The Audit Committee considered and approved a change 
in stock obsolescence accounting to better reflect the 
status of stock. We now review on a part-by-part basis 
whether or not there is demand for a stock item (for 
example, in our products, for product development, or 
for maintenance purposes). Where there is no forecast 
demand, the item is provided for in full.
On the recommendation of management, the Audit 
Committee considered the nature of the equipment 
being bought (especially for Bessemer Park) and the 
maturity of products and agreed a revised approach 
that would allow for a longer economic life of deployed 
capital items.
The Audit Committee considered management’s 
forecasting of costs to complete projects. It agreed 
with management’s approach of basing provisions 
on the best estimates of management aligned with 
information known at the time to ensure the forecast 
cost to completion is appropriate. It reviewed and 
challenged management’s estimates during the year. 
Any expected losses are recognised immediately 
through profit and loss.

Annual Report for FY22
The Audit Committee reviewed the Annual Report and 
provided feedback. It considered whether ITM Power’s 
position, strategic approach and performance during 
the year were portrayed fairly and in a balanced way 
throughout the Annual Report and aligned with the 
financial statements. The Audit Committee had regard 
to the findings and judgements of the external auditors.

External audit
The Audit Committee has responsibility and oversight of 
the Group’s relationship with its external auditor, Grant 
Thornton UK LLP, and for assessing the effectiveness of 
the external audit process. Grant Thornton UK LLP was 
appointed as the external auditor in 2017 and the lead 
audit partner is David White.

The Audit Committee agreed the approach and scope 
of the audit work to be undertaken by Grant Thornton 
UK LLP for the financial year. It also reviewed Grant 
Thornton UK LLP’s terms of engagement and the fees 
payable in respect of audit and non-audit services to 
ensure they are appropriate and reflect performance. 
Details of the amounts paid to the external auditor 
are provided in Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements.

Grant Thornton UK LLP provided the Audit Committee 
with regular reports on the status of the audit, its 
assessment of the agreed areas of audit focus and 
findings, and conclusions to date.

The Audit Committee reviewed the experience and 
expertise of the audit team, the fulfilment of the agreed 
audit plan and any variations to it, feedback from ITM 
Power’s management and the contents of the external 
audit report. 

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202253

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Audit Committee Report continued

The Audit Committee confirmed its satisfaction with the 
effectiveness of the external auditor.

Audit quality review
During the year, an Audit Quality Review Team (AQRT) 
from the Financial Reporting Council undertook an 
inspection of Grant Thornton UK LLP’s audit of the 
financial statements for FY21. As part of that process, 
the Chair of the Audit Committee spoke with the AQRT 
to share the Audit Committee’s perspective on the 
quality of Grant Thornton UK LLP’s audit. On completion 
of the review, the Audit Committee received the AQRT’s 
final report on its inspection and the Chair of the Audit 
Committee discussed it with the audit partner. The 
report gave the Audit Committee no concerns over the 
quality, objectivity or independence of the audit.

External auditor independence
The continued independence of the external auditor is 
important for an effective audit. The Audit Committee 
has a policy regarding the use of the external auditor for 
non-audit services. The external auditor may only be 
engaged for non-audit services exceptionally and only 
with the approval of the Audit Committee. The external 
auditor may not undertake any work that may 
compromise its independence or is otherwise prohibited 
by any law or regulation.

The Audit Committee received a statement of 
independence from Grant Thornton UK LLP in 
September 2022 confirming that, in its professional 
judgement, it is independent and has complied with the 
relevant ethical requirements regarding independence 
in the provision of its services. The report described 
Grant Thornton UK LLP’s arrangements to identify, 
manage and safeguard against conflicts of interest.

Reappointment of the external auditor
The Audit Committee has responsibility for making 
a recommendation to the Board regarding the 
reappointment of the external auditor. As part of its 
review process, the Audit Committee typically considers 
auditor rotation at least every five years, unless the 
annual performance review identifies a reason to 
rotate earlier.

The Audit Committee reviewed the scope of the 
non-audit services undertaken by Grant Thornton UK 
LLP during the year, to ensure there was no impairment 
of judgement or objectivity, and monitored the 
non-audit work performed to ensure it remained within 
the agreed policy guidelines. It also considered the 
extent of non-audit services provided to ITM Power. 
Non-audit fees paid to Grant Thornton UK LLP were for 
interim agreed upon procedures/review work and 
assurance work for the capital fundraise, both of which 
it was appropriate for the external auditor to undertake 
given its knowledge of the Group and the need for 
independent assurance. They represented 51% 
(£180,000) of the total audit and non-audit fees 
paid (£350,000). The Audit Committee determined, 
based on its evaluation, that the external auditor 
was independent.

Based on its continued satisfaction with the audit work 
performed to date and Grant Thornton UK LLP’s continued 
independence, the Audit Committee has recommended 
to the Board, and the Board has approved, that Grant 
Thornton UK LLP be proposed for reappointment by 
shareholders as ITM Power’s external auditor at the 
2022 AGM.

Internal audit
In accordance with its terms of reference, the Audit 
Committee has considered annually whether there is 
a need for an internal audit function. During the year, it 
agreed with management that the growth of ITM Power, 
and the scale, diversity and complexity of its activities, 
warranted the creation of an internal audit function. 
A Head of Risk and Assurance was appointed to lead the risk 
management and internal audit functions with preparatory 
plans for their implementation being developed.

The Audit Committee therefore undertook certain 
assurance activities around critical risks and key controls 
during the year, in the absence of an internal audit function. 
This included presentations from management at Audit 
Committee meetings, and in-depth reviews with 
management outside Audit Committee meetings. 
The outcomes of the reviews were discussed at 
Audit Committee meetings and, where appropriate, 
recommendations were made to management. 

Implementation of those recommendations was then 
monitored.

A handover of responsibilities from the Audit Committee 
to the internal audit function will take place during the 
next financial year. The Audit Committee’s role will then 
be to:
 – Monitor and review the effectiveness of the internal 

audit function

 – Approve the appointment and removal of the head of 

the internal audit function

 – Consider and approve the remit of the internal audit 
function and ensure it has adequate resources and 
appropriate access to information

 – Ensure the internal audit function has adequate 
standing and is free from management or other 
restrictions

 – Review and approve the annual internal audit plan
 – Review promptly all reports from the internal auditors
 – Review and monitor management’s responsiveness to 
the findings and recommendations of the internal 
auditors

Internal control and risk management
A key role of the Audit Committee is to monitor the 
effectiveness of the internal financial controls and the 
internal controls and risk management systems.

The Board, on the recommendation of the Audit 
Committee, considers that the internal controls in place 
are appropriate for our size, complexity and risk profile. 
Given our rapid growth, this remains under active review.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202254

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Audit Committee Report continued

Internal financial controls
We have an established framework of internal financial 
controls, the effectiveness of which is periodically 
reviewed by each of the Board and the Executive 
Committee, as well as the Audit Committee. There are 
procedures in place for budgeting and forecasting; for 
monitoring and reporting business performance against 
those budgets and forecasts; and for projecting 
expected performance over the financial year.

Responsibilities are separate and defined:
 – The Board is responsible for reviewing and approving 
our overall strategy, corporate objectives, financial 
strategy, the annual budget, and capital fundraising. 
It receives periodic financial reports, tracking budget 
and forecasts.

 – The Audit Committee reviews key financial controls 

throughout the year. It has responsibility for 
monitoring the integrity of the financial reporting of 
the Company and for ensuring internal financial 
controls are sufficiently robust and appropriate.

 – The Executive Committee retains day-to-day 

responsibility for financial performance and has 
internal financial reporting processes in place.

 – The Group’s Financial Controller oversees budgeting, 
cash flow forecasts and financial statements and the 
operation of the Group’s financial systems, working 
with ITM Power’s auditors. Internal controls and 
financial systems transformation are the responsibility 
of other members of the Finance team.

Non-financial controls
We recognise that maintaining sound controls and 
discipline are critical to managing the risks to our 
strategy. The Board has ultimate responsibility for the 
Group’s system of internal control and for reviewing its 
effectiveness.

The CFO has day-to-day responsibility for ensuring 
internal controls remain appropriate. He reports to the 
Executive Committee on operational changes required.

Day-to-day activities are closely managed by the 
Executive Directors. There is detailed monthly reporting 
of performance against our corporate objectives, project 
schedules, budget, risks and expected performance, and 
operational needs. These are key to the success of the 
internal management and control system.

Recommendations were made to management where 
considered appropriate and developments were 
monitored.

During the year, it agreed with management that ITM 
Power had reached a stage of development where it was 
appropriate to create a risk management function. A 
Head of Risk and Assurance was appointed to lead the 
risk management and internal audit functions with 
preparatory plans for their implementation being 
developed.

A handover of responsibilities from the Audit Committee 
to the risk management function will take place during 
the next financial year. The Audit Committee’s role will 
then be to:
 – Review the effectiveness of the risk management 

systems

When someone speaks up, an initial assessment is 
carried out to determine the scope of any investigation. 
Where appropriate, a full investigation is instigated. If 
appropriate, subject matter experts are used to support 
the investigation. In particularly serious cases, the 
matter may be escalated to the Chair of the Audit 
Committee, the Chair of the Board, or our external 
auditor.

Anyone who raises an honest concern, even if they turn 
out to be mistaken, is protected from retaliation and 
detrimental treatment.

The Audit Committee receives and considers reports 
from management and, in future, Safecall regarding 
concerns raised and provides the Board with key 
information for its consideration as appropriate. There 
were no whistleblowing matters raised during the year.

We continue to increase our commercial operations, 
including investing in new manufacturing facilities.

 – Conduct a formal review into risk management
 – Review and approve the statements included in the 

Where to find additional disclosures

We also continue to make appropriate senior 
appointments to support our business plan and address 
the resulting operational needs and risks.

Risk management
The Audit Committee is also required under its terms of 
reference to conduct an annual formal review into risk 
management and review the effectiveness of risk 
management systems. In the absence of a separate risk 
management function, it has performed certain risk 
management activities. These included detailed reviews 
of the most significant risks and oversight of the risk 
register as well as input into and approval of risk 
disclosures included in the Annual Report. 

Annual Report regarding risk

Speaking up
The Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing 
arrangements for employees and third parties to raise 
concerns, in confidence, about possible wrongdoing in 
financial reporting or other matters.

There are established ways to raise concerns. These 
include options to contact a line manager, the Legal 
Compliance Manager, the Risk and Assurance team or 
the Company Secretary. As of June 2022, we also offer a 
service via a third party, Safecall, through which 
confidential, anonymous reporting is available.

Disclosure
Attendance at 
Audit Committee 
meetings
External auditor’s 
report

Fees paid to the 
external auditor

Location
Meeting attendance table in the 
Corporate Governance Report 
on page 46
Independent Auditor’s Report 
to the Members of ITM Power 
PLC on pages 72 to 77
Note 7 to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202255

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Remuneration Report

Introduction from the 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

The focus of the 
Remuneration 
Committee during 
the year was 
on setting the 
appropriate 
remuneration 
levels for the 
Executive 
Directors.

Dear shareholder
As Chair of the Remuneration Committee, I am pleased 
to present the Remuneration Report for FY22. This 
report is intended to explain how the Remuneration 
Committee has met its responsibilities throughout the 
year and to provide information about the remuneration 
received by Directors.

As a company admitted to trading on AIM, our directors’ 
remuneration report does not have to comply with the 
requirements of Schedule 8 of The Large and Medium-
sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) 
Regulations 2008 (as amended). Nevertheless, we have 
aligned our remuneration reporting with these 
requirements as far as possible, but we may not provide 
all the information required under the regulations.

Committee members, meetings and support
The Remuneration Committee’s full membership is 
provided on page 49 along with details of those that 
supported the Remuneration Committee during the 
year.

Attendance at scheduled meetings during the year is 
provided on page 46.

Remuneration principles
The overarching principles we apply in our approach to 
remuneration are:
 – To ensure overall remuneration is set at a competitive 
level against our peer group enabling us to attract and 
retain high-calibre employees with the required skills 
to execute our strategy.

 – Take into account all factors to:

 – Ensure executive remuneration is aligned to the 
Group’s purpose and values, clearly linked to the 
successful delivery of the Group’s long-term strategy, 
and that enable the use of discretion to override 
formulaic outcomes and to adjust sums or awards 
under appropriate specified circumstances.
 – Attract, retain and motivate the executive 

management of the Group without inappropriate 
financial burden on the Group.

 – Consider the requirements for clarity, transparency, 
risk mitigation, predictability, proportionality and 
alignment to culture.

Performance during the year
The Remuneration Committee’s decisions for the year 
were made against the following backdrop:
 – Revenues that were lower than expected for the year. 
The Group had expected to be able to recognise the 
revenue from the sale, via Linde to Leuna, of 24 MW of 
electrolyser products, but this was delayed.

 – Cost overruns on both the REFHYNE I and Leuna 

projects adversely affected gross margin. This, along 
with additional investments to enable production ramp 
up at Bessemer Park, led to an increased loss before 
tax.

 – Cash burn that increased compared to the prior year. 
This reflected increased product development spend, 
an increase in inventory build and additional 
production equipment to support the production ramp 
up at Bessemer Park.

Full details are provided in the CFO’s Review on page 12.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202256

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Remuneration Report continued

Areas of focus during the year
The focus of the Remuneration Committee during the 
year was on setting the appropriate remuneration levels 
for the Executive Directors. This included reviewing their 
base salaries as well as setting award levels and 
performance targets for the annual bonus and awards 
granted under the terms of the LTIP. The CEO and Chair 
of the Board also reviewed the fees paid to the 
Non-Executive Directors.

Following a benchmarking exercise conducted in June 
2021, the Remuneration Committee decided to increase 
the base salaries of the Executive Directors. A similar 
benchmarking exercise was conducted in June 2022, 
which the Remuneration Committee fed into its 
considerations of remuneration packages for the 
Executive Directors. Taking into account the significant 
increases to base salary implemented for Executive 
Directors from 1 July 2021, the performance of the 
business and the approach taken to pay rises in the 
wider workforce, the Remuneration Committee decided 
not to increase salaries in the summer of 2022. More 
information is provided later in the Remuneration 
Report.

The Remuneration Report for FY21 was put to an 
advisory vote at our 2021 AGM. Following the 28.70% 
vote against its approval, as well as shareholder feedback 
received, we engaged with shareholders to discuss their 
concerns. The majority of the concerns related to the 
increases to Executive Director base salaries and the 
exceptional incentive awards granted during the year.

The Remuneration Committee noted the feedback from 
shareholders and responded to those shareholders who 
raised concerns with further details regarding the 
approach taken. It confirmed it did not expect to grant 
further exceptional incentive awards in recognition of 
future fundraising exercises. It will continue to consult 
with shareholders and take their views into account. The 
views of our shareholders will continue to be an 
important factor in informing the decisions of the 
Remuneration Committee and the Remuneration 
Committee will balance these views against the need to 
retain and motivate the current executive team, who 
have been instrumental in the Company’s performance 
to date.

Annual bonus outcomes
The Remuneration Committee carefully reviewed the 
formulaic outcome of the annual bonus and then 
whether the formulaic outcome was aligned to the 
underlying strength of results, the execution of strategic 
priorities, pay practices and outcomes for the wider 
workforce, and the returns to investors during the year. 
Overall, it was concluded that it was appropriate to 
recognise the achievements of the Executive Directors 
and so the Remuneration Committee made no 
adjustment to the formulaic outcome, which equated 
to a pay out of 16% of the maximum opportunity. More 
detail of the Remuneration Committee’s assessment is 
provided on page 63.

Availability to shareholders
I am available to shareholders to answer any questions 
on the work of the Remuneration Committee. On behalf 
of the Remuneration Committee, I would like to place on 
record our appreciation to our shareholders for their 
constructive input throughout the year.

Katherine Roe
Chair of the Remuneration Committee 
14 September 2022

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 2022 
57

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Remuneration Report continued

Overview of the Executive Director remuneration policy

Remuneration 
element
Fixed pay
Base salary

Purpose and link to 
our strategy

Operation

To ensure we can 
recruit and retain 
high-calibre 
executives.

Paid monthly in arrears by bank transfer.

No recovery provisions apply to base salary.

Pension 
provisions

To attract and retain 
talent through the 
provision of 
attractive 
retirement benefits.

Monthly payments into a defined contribution or similar pension scheme or, in agreed 
circumstances, a cash allowance in lieu of pension contributions.

No recovery provisions apply to pensions.

Maximum 
opportunity

No maximum.

A contribution into 
the Group’s defined 
contribution pension 
arrangement no 
higher than that 
offered to the wider 
workforce.

No maximum for any 
cash allowance.

Benefits

To assist in 
attracting and 
retaining employees 
in a cost-effective 
way.

May include private medical insurance, sick pay, a fully expensed car (or equivalent 
cash allowance), disability and life assurance cover. Some benefits may be provided in 
the case of relocation, such as removal expenses and, in the case of international 
relocation, might also include items such as cost of accommodation, children’s 
schooling, home leave, tax equalisation and professional advice.

Not applicable.

Not applicable.

The tax payable (grossed up) on any business expenses captured as taxable benefits 
may also be reimbursed.

No recovery provisions apply to benefits.

Performance 
framework

Implementation
2021/22

2022/23

A number of factors 
are considered when 
setting base salary 
levels, including 
market rates, 
benchmarking to 
peers, individual 
Director’s experience, 
responsibilities and 
performance.

Not applicable.

Executive Directors 
received pay rises with 
effect from 1 July 2021 
taking their base 
salaries to:
Graham Cooley – 
£420,000
Andy Allen – £300,000
Simon Bourne – 
£300,000
Rachel Smith – £230,000
Graham Cooley – cash 
allowance in lieu of 
pension.

Other Executive 
Directors – 
contributions to their 
pensions equivalent to 
5% of base salary 
(before any salary 
exchange).
No Executive Directors 
received taxable 
benefits.

No proposed changes.

Graham Cooley – no 
proposed changes.

Other Executive 
Directors – from 
1 July 2022, contributions 
to their pensions 
equivalent to 7% of 
base salary (before any 
salary exchange).

No proposed changes.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202258

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Remuneration Report continued

Purpose and link to 
our strategy

Operation

Maximum 
opportunity

Performance 
framework

Implementation
2021/22

2022/23

Remuneration 
element
Variable pay
Annual bonus

To incentivise 
Executive Directors 
to deliver strategic 
and financial 
success.

An annual bonus scheme with measures and performance targets set by the 
Remuneration Committee.

Paid in cash. Pay out determined after the end of the financial year following the 
Remuneration Committee’s assessment of performance relative to targets and 
objectives.

Annual bonus payments do not form part of pensionable earnings and are non-
contractual.

Capped at 100% of 
base salary for the 
CEO and 60% of base 
salary for other 
Executive Directors.

Specific annual 
targets based on clear 
and measurable 
objectives that 
underpin, and are key 
to the achievement 
of, the Group’s 
strategy.

Executive Directors 
received the following 
bonus payments:
Graham Cooley – 
£67,200 
(16% of base salary)
Andy Allen – £28,800 
(9.6% of base salary)
Simon Bourne – 
£28,800 
(9.6% of base salary)
Rachel Smith – £22,080 
(9.6% of base salary)

No change to 2021/22 
award levels. 

Executive Directors have 
the following bonus 
opportunities, as a 
percentage of salary:
Graham Cooley – 100%
Andy Allen – 60%
Simon Bourne – 60%
Rachel Smith – 60%

LTIP

To align the 
long-term interests 
of shareholders and 
management and 
reward 
achievement of 
stretching long-term 
targets.

The Remuneration Committee retains discretion in exceptional circumstances to 
adjust the targets and/or set different measures and alter weightings if certain events 
occur that cause it to determine they are no longer appropriate. The Remuneration 
Committee will ensure any revisions to targets are not materially less difficult to 
satisfy.

All payments are at the ultimate discretion of the Remuneration Committee and it 
retains an overriding ability to ensure that overall bonus payments are appropriate 
and reflect corporate performance.
Any awards granted are subject to a three-year vesting period and stretching 
performance targets.

All vesting is at the ultimate discretion of the Remuneration Committee and the 
Remuneration Committee retains an overriding ability to ensure that vesting reflects 
its view of corporate performance over the set period.

The Remuneration Committee retains discretion in exceptional circumstances to 
adjust the targets and/or set different measures and alter weightings if certain events 
occur that cause it to determine they are no longer appropriate. The Remuneration 
Committee will ensure any revisions to targets are not materially less difficult to 
satisfy.

Malus and clawback provisions apply in cases of material financial misstatement, 
conduct that results (or is reasonably likely to result) in significant reputational damage 
to the Company, negligence or misconduct, or fraud.

Capped at 100% of 
base salary plus an 
uplift to cover 
Employer’s National 
Insurance 
Contributions, which 
are passed on to the 
participant as 
permitted under 
UK legislation.

Specific targets based 
on clear, stretching 
and measurable 
objectives that 
underpin, and are key 
to the achievement 
of, the Group’s 
long-term strategy.

All Executive Directors 
were granted an award 
equivalent to 100% of 
base salary, uplifted to 
reflect the payment by 
the recipient of 
Employer’s National 
Insurance 
Contributions.

All Executive Directors 
are expected to be 
granted an award 
equivalent to a maximum 
of 100% of base salary, 
uplifted to reflect the 
payment by the recipient 
of Employer’s National 
Insurance Contributions.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202259

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Remuneration Report continued

Purpose and link to 
our strategy

Operation

Maximum 
opportunity

Performance 
framework

Implementation
2021/22

2022/23

Remuneration 
element
Share ownership
All-employee 
share plans

To encourage share 
ownership across 
the organisation.

Executive Directors can participate in the UK Buy As You Earn plan (BAYE) on the same 
basis as other employees in the organisation.

Not applicable.

The Company offered 
the BAYE throughout 
the year.

All Executive Directors 
participated in the BAYE 
at the maximum level 
throughout the year.

Not applicable.

All Executive Directors 
met the shareholding 
guideline.

The Company intends to 
offer the BAYE 
throughout the year.

All Executive Directors 
are expected to 
continue their 
participation in the BAYE 
at the maximum level 
throughout the year.
All Executive Directors 
are expected to 
continue to meet the 
shareholding guideline.

Executive Directors 
are subject to the 
same maximums as 
all other employees 
who participate in 
the BAYE.

Executive Directors 
are expected to build 
and maintain a 
minimum 
shareholding 
equivalent to 100% of 
base salary.

Share ownership 
guidelines/ 
requirements

To build and 
maintain a 
shareholding to 
align their interests 
with those of 
shareholders.

Levels are set in relation to earnings and according to the post held in the Group.

It is expected that Executive Directors will build up to the required level over a period 
of time, usually five years, through retaining shares received under the Group’s 
incentive arrangements, net of sales to settle tax and other deductions, and/or shares 
purchased in their own right.

Vested but unexercised options are included in the shareholding total at the date of 
vesting, adjusted for the exercise price, tax and any other deductions. When the 
options are exercised, the vesting calculation is reversed and the shares retained on 
exercise are included instead.

Alignment with the wider workforce
The remuneration policy for the Executive Directors is 
informed by the structure operated for the broader 
employee population. Pay levels and components vary 
by organisational level but the broad themes and 
philosophy remain consistent across the Group.

All staff may be considered for awards under the LTIP 
and all UK staff may participate in the BAYE after 
completing six months’ qualifying service. This is 
intended to encourage share ownership in the Company 
and align the management team and all staff with the 
strategic business plan.

Until June 2022, a contribution of 5% of base salary 
was available to the majority of the UK workforce. From 
July 2022 this was increased to 7% of base salary for all 
eligible employees, including the Executive Directors.

Salaries are reviewed annually with regard to the same 
factors as those considered for Executive Directors. 
Pay rises for the wider workforce, excluding the 
Executive Directors, were implemented with effect from 
1 July 2022 at a rate of £2,000 plus 0.8% of base salary.

Eligibility for and provision of benefits and allowances 
varies by level and local market practice.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202260

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Remuneration Report continued

Overview of the Chair of the Board and Non-Executive Director remuneration policy

Remuneration 
element
Fees

Purpose and link to 
our strategy
To ensure we can 
attract and retain 
experienced and 
skilled Non-
Executive Directors 
able to advise and 
assist with 
establishing and 
monitoring the 
strategic objectives.

Operation
Paid monthly in arrears by bank transfer.

Fees for the Chair of the Board are determined by the Remuneration Committee. 
Fees for other NEDs are determined by the CEO and Chair of the Board.

Any Director representing a shareholder on the Board is paid by the shareholder, 
not the Group.

Maximum 
opportunity
Fee increases for 
NEDs will not 
normally exceed 
average base 
salary increases 
across the Group.

Performance 
framework
The Remuneration 
Committee considers 
a number of factors, 
including market 
rates, benchmarking 
to peers and the 
time commitment 
expected.

Expenses

Not applicable.

Reasonable expenses are reimbursed.

Not applicable.

Not applicable.

Implementation
2021/22
Chair of the Board: 
£150,000.

NED base fee: £51,000.

Additional fee for 
chairing the Audit, ESG, 
Remuneration or 
Strategic Advisory 
Committees: £10,000 
per Committee chaired.

Tom Rae and Jürgen 
Nowicki received no 
fees.
Not applicable.

2022/23
No proposed changes.

Not applicable.

The tax payable (grossed up) on any business expenses captured as taxable benefits may 
also be reimbursed.

Expenses incurred for advice in respect of UK tax returns for non-UK NEDs may be 
reimbursed.
NEDs are encouraged to build and maintain a shareholding.

Not applicable.

Not applicable.

Not applicable.

Not applicable.

Share ownership 
guidelines/ 
requirements

To build and 
maintain a 
shareholding to 
align their interests 
with those of 
shareholders.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202261

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Remuneration Report continued

Annual report on remuneration 

Single total figure of remuneration for each Director

Remuneration outcomes for FY22
The following pages set out details of the remuneration 
received by Directors for FY22. Prior year figures have 
also been shown. The Remuneration Report has not 
been audited.

Executive Directors
Graham Cooley, CEO

The Directors’ remuneration in the year was awarded in 
line with the remuneration policy.

Andy Allen, CFO

Simon Bourne, CTO

Rachel Smith, Services Director

Non-Executive Directors
Sir Roger Bone, Chair

Martin Green

Jürgen Nowicki1

Tom Rae1,2

Katherine Roe

Year ended 
30 April

Base salary 
and fees 
(£)

Pension-related 
benefits 
(£)

Annual  
bonus 
(£)

Long-term 
incentive awards 
(£)

Total 
(£)

Total fixed 
remuneration  
(£)

Total variable 
remuneration  
(£)

2022
2021
2022
2021
2022
2021
2022
2021

2022
2021
2022
2021
2022
2021
2022
2021
2022
2021

376,639
285,0533
275,988
149,1883
288,393
222,4383
216,439
149,1823

139,167
82,500
68,333
53,333
–
–
–
–
68,333
52,814

28,000
28,000
13,799
7,4593
14,420
11,1223
10,822
7,4593

67,200
248,861
28,800
82,640
28,800
145,127
22,080
82,540

3,938,000
2,600,0003
1,312,669
866,6663
2,297,169
1,516,6663
1,640,839
1,083,3323

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

4,409,839
3,161,914
1,631,256
1,105,953
2,628,782
1,895,353
1,890,180
1,322,513

139,167
82,500
68,333
53,333
–
–
–
–
68,333
52,814

404,639
313,053
289,787
156,647
302,813
233,560
227,261
156,641

139,167
82,500
68,333
53,333
–
–
–
–
68,333
52,814

4,005,200
2,848,861
1,341,469
949,306
2,325,969
1,661,793
1,662,919
1,165,872

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

1.  Shareholder nominated Directors receive no fees from the Company.
2.  Tom Rae was appointed effective 3 December 2020 and resigned effective 16 November 2021.
3.   Base salary and pension-related benefits from the prior financial year have been restated to reflect corrected data. Long-term incentive awards from the prior financial year have been restated on the basis of awards that vested in the year 

instead of awards that were exercised in the year (more detail is provided in the notes below).

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202262

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Remuneration Report continued

Notes to the single figure table for Executive Directors
Base salary
Base salary refers to salary before any salary exchange (for example, for pension contributions or BAYE participation).

A benchmarking exercise was conducted in June 2021, which reconfirmed the output of the benchmarking 
conducted in 2020, showing that executive remuneration was positioned below the lower quartile of comparably-
sized organisations. The Remuneration Committee considered this alongside other factors and ultimately agreed to 
accelerate the planned base salary increases from a three-year to a two-year period.

A similar benchmarking exercise was conducted in June 2022. The Remuneration Committee considered the 
benchmarking alongside the following factors in considering the remuneration of the Executive Directors:
 – That shareholders would expect care and discretion to be used in judging to what extent, and over what timeframe, 

adjustments should be made, recognising that significant increases had been implemented in the prior year
 – Its remuneration principles, including the need to ensure its policy remains competitive and retains key talent
 – The performance of the Executive Directors
 – The approach taken to remuneration in the wider workforce

Base salaries for the Executive Directors will therefore remain unchanged from 1 July 2022:

Name
Graham Cooley, CEO
Andy Allen, CFO
Simon Bourne, CTO
Rachel Smith, Services Director

Base salary 
from 1 July 
2021
£420,000
£300,000
£300,000
£230,000

Base salary 
from 1 July 
2022
£420,000
£300,000
£300,000
£230,000

Pension
During the year, the Group paid contributions to the pensions of Andy Allen, Simon Bourne and Rachel Smith 
equivalent to 5% of base salary (before any salary exchange). The value stated represents the value of the Group’s 
contribution and does not reflect any contribution made by the individual concerned through salary exchange. From 
1 July 2022, pension contributions were increased to 7% of base salary (before any salary exchange) in line with the 
wider workforce.

Graham Cooley received a cash allowance in lieu of pension contributions of £28,000. The Group has a contractual 
agreement with him that this payment relieves the Group of any liability for pension provision for him.

Annual bonus
The annual bonus is the cash value of the annual bonus paid in respect of the year. It is based on the annual base 
salary (before any salary exchange) as at 1 July in the relevant financial year.

The Remuneration Committee’s assessment of performance in FY22 is set out overleaf.

The Remuneration Committee takes into consideration wider performance before approving the formulaic outcomes 
from the incentive plans and applies its judgement by exercising upwards or downwards discretion when appropriate 
to do so. To assist it in determining whether adjustments are necessary, the Remuneration Committee applies a 
framework which considers performance from multiple perspectives including the underlying strength of results, the 
execution of strategic priorities, pay practices and outcomes for the wider workforce, and the returns to investors 
during the year.

In the year under review, the business demonstrated its resilience as the economy started to recover from the 
pandemic. In particular, the Committee noted the success in securing the Motive partnership with Vitol. Following a 
holistic review of performance, the Committee was satisfied that the bonus outcomes were appropriate and that no 
adjustment to the formulaic outcome was necessary.

Annual bonuses payable to the Executive Directors for FY22 were paid fully in cash as follows:

Name
Graham Cooley, CEO
Andy Allen, CFO
Simon Bourne, CTO
Rachel Smith, Services Director

Maximum 
potential % 
of base salary
100%
60%
60%
60%

% of base 
salary 
achieved
16%
9.6%
9.6%
9.6%

Cash 
payment
£67,200
£28,800
£28,800
£22,080

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202263

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Remuneration Report continued

The annual bonus for FY23 will operate on similar terms to the prior year. The performance target categories (and 
associated weightings) are: financial (50%), technology and operational (20%), business development (20%) and ESG 
(10%). The performance targets are measurable, challenging and subject to rigorous review by the Remuneration 
Committee. Subject to commercial sensitivity, we intend to provide an overview of the Remuneration Committee’s 
assessment of performance against the underlying targets in next year’s report.

Category
ESG

Metric
ESG, health 
and safety

Weighting
15%

Target
See 
performance 
assessment

Assessment of performance for FY22 bonus

Category
Financial

Metric
Sales

Weighting
15%

Target

Performance assessment

£31.97m Revenue was £5.6 million and so this target 

Pay out
0%

Pay out
10%

Performance assessment
The ESG Committee provided a qualitative 
review of ESG performance during the year. 
Good progress was made on embedding ESG 
activities and implementing structures to 
support future work. Our website was 
improved significantly during the year, 
improving our communication with 
stakeholders including investors, and 
our first ESG Report was well-received.

We achieved ISO 9001, ISO 45001 and 
ISO 14001 accreditation during the year, but 
work continues to embed a behavioural 
approach to health and safety.

Business 
development

Total

Order intake

20%

223 MW A target was set to generate orders that would 
drive sales in the next financial year. This target 
was partially met.

3%

Total 16%

Gross margin

Overheads

15%

10%

Cash burn

10%

was not met.

£1.78m As the Group made a loss, this target was 

not met.

£24.34m A target of £24.34 million net overheads was 
set at the beginning of the year. We changed 
the way we recharged overheads during the 
year. The Remuneration Committee therefore 
measured the net overheads on the same basis 
on which recharges were being calculated at 
the start of the year, and on which basis the 
target had been set. This target was not met.
£39.07m A cash burn target of £39.07 million was set. 

Strategy

Production, 
supply chain, 
product and 
markets

15%

See 
performance 
assessment

As cash burn was £53.3 million, this target 
was not met.
Targets associated with the following were not 
met:
 – Securing new factory space
 – Implementing additional automation
 – Securing certain accreditations for products 

outside the UK and Europe

Work to address supply chain risks connected 
to key components within our products was 
partially completed in the year.

0%

0%

0%

3%

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202264

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Remuneration Report continued

Long-term incentive awards
ITM Power PLC Share Option Plan: EMI and Unapproved (SOP)
The SOP was introduced in 2010. Options were granted under the SOP as follows:
 – EMI options granted under the SOP vested in three equal instalments on the first, second and third anniversaries 

of the date of grant and may be exercised up to the tenth anniversary of the date of grant

 – Unapproved options granted under the SOP before 2019 vested in three equal instalments on the first, second 

and third anniversaries of the date of grant and may be exercised up to the tenth anniversary of the date of grant
 – Unapproved options granted under the SOP in 2019 vest on the third anniversary of the date of grant and may be 

exercised up to the tenth anniversary of the date of grant

There are no performance conditions for EMI options or unapproved options granted under the SOP.

No consideration is payable for the grant of awards under the SOP. The exercise price is the mid-market price of shares 
on AIM at the close of trading on the day before the grant of options.

No further awards will be granted under this plan.

The long-term incentive award value shown in the Single total figure of remuneration for each Director relates to the 
value of awards granted under the terms of the SOP that vested in the year. The stated value is calculated based on the 
number of shares that vested multiplied by the mid-market closing price for a share on the date of vesting. As explained 
in the note to the table, the value for FY21 has been restated. The FY21 value is now based on the options that vested 
during the year, rather than the value of options that were exercised during the year. The values in the table for both 
FY21 and FY22 reflect (i) the value of one third of the total share award granted in 2018, when our share price was 
significantly lower (around 30 pence per share), and (ii) the fact that the options were not subject to performance 
conditions.

Details of outstanding options granted under the SOP are provided in the Statement of directors’ shareholding and share 
interests on page 66.

LTIP
The LTIP was introduced in 2020, when use of the SOP was discontinued. Vesting of awards occurs on the third 
anniversary of the date of grant, subject to continued employment and satisfaction of performance conditions. 
Performance conditions are set by the Remuneration Committee and awards granted to the wider workforce are 
subject to the same performance conditions as those applied to the Executive Directors. The performance conditions 
set stretching targets to drive future performance, aligned with our long-term strategy.

The Remuneration Committee may, in its discretion, adjust downwards the extent to which an award shall vest 
(including to zero) where overall Company performance over the duration of the performance period has not been 
deemed to be satisfactory.

Shares granted to Executive Directors under the terms of the LTIP are subject to a two-year holding period from the 
vesting date to the fifth anniversary of the date of grant. The holding period does not apply to the wider workforce.

Executive Directors were granted a LTIP award of 100% of base salary during the year plus an uplift to cover Employer’s 
National Insurance Contributions, which are passed on to the participant as permitted under UK legislation. No 
consideration is payable for the grant of awards under the LTIP, which are structured as nominal cost options meaning 
the exercise price is £0.05 per share. The number of shares awarded was calculated using a share price of £3.94, being 
the volume weighted average price for the last five days of trading prior to the date of grant.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202265

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Remuneration Report continued

Awards granted during the year are subject to the following stretching performance conditions over a performance 
period from 1 May 2021 to 30 April 2024:

Description of 
performance condition

Company TSR compared to Index* 
TSR
Less than Index* TSR
Equal to Index* TSR
Between Index* TSR and Index* 
TSR plus 15 percentage points
Equal to Index* TSR plus 15 
percentage points
*  The index of companies known as the AIM 50.
AAA rating.

% of this part of the award that vests
0
25
Pro rata between 25 and 100 on a 
straight-line basis

100

% of LTIP 
award 
subject to 
performance 
condition
60

20

10

10

Performance 
condition
Total 
Shareholder 
Return (TSR) 
over the 
performance 
period

MSCI ESG rating 
at the end of the 
performance 
period
Cumulative 
revenue over the 
performance 
period
Cumulative gross 
margin over the 
performance 
period

Subject to commercial sensitivity, we intend to provide an overview of the 
Remuneration Committee’s assessment of performance against the underlying 
targets after the performance period has ended.

Chair of a 
Committee

Subject to commercial sensitivity, we intend to provide an overview of the 
Remuneration Committee’s assessment of performance against the underlying 
targets after the performance period has ended.

Payments to past Directors
There were no payments to past Directors during the year.

Payments for loss of office
There were no payments for loss of office during the year.

It is expected that awards will be granted to Executive Directors in FY23 on the same basis as in prior years. 
This means they are expected to be granted an award equivalent to a maximum of 100% of base salary, uplifted 
to reflect the payment by the recipient of Employer’s National Insurance Contributions. The awards will be subject 
to stretching performance conditions. The share price used to determine the number of shares awarded will be set 
at the time of the grant and will take into account, among other things, recent share price performance.

Details of outstanding options granted under the LTIP are provided in the Statement of directors’ shareholding and 
share interests on page 66.

Notes to the single figure table for Non-Executive Directors
Fees
The fees paid to Non-Executive Directors were reviewed during 2021. Following the review, it was considered 
appropriate to increase the base fee to align with the lower quartile of the market. The Chair of the Board’s fee was 
also increased to reflect his role chairing the board of directors of Motive. The additional fee paid for chairing the 
Board Committees was not adjusted. No changes were made to fees when they were reviewed by the Chair of 
the Board and the CEO in the summer of 2022.

Fees paid to the Non-Executive Directors with effect from 1 July 2021 were:

Role
Chair of the Board
Base fee

Independent Non-Executive Director
Shareholder nominated Non-Executive Director
Audit, ESG, Remuneration and Strategic Advisory Committees
Nomination and Technology Management Committees

Current fees
£150,000
£51,000
–
£10,000
–

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202266

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Remuneration Report continued

Statement of directors’ shareholding and share interests 
Directors’ share awards and long-term incentive awards

Name
Graham Cooley, CEO

Plan name
SOP1

Award date
14/08/18

Shares under option 
at 01/05/21
3,000,000

Granted
–

Exercised
–

Lapsed
–

Shares under option 
at 30/04/22
3,000,000

Exercise price
£0.30

Andy Allen, CFO

Simon Bourne, CTO

Rachel Smith, Services Director

SOP1
LTIP
LTIP
LTIP
Total
SOP1

SOP1
LTIP
LTIP
LTIP
Total
SOP1

SOP1
LTIP
LTIP
LTIP
Total
SOP1

SOP1
LTIP
LTIP
LTIP
Total

24/10/19
22/10/20
13/11/20
16/12/21

14/08/18

24/10/19
22/10/20
13/11/20
16/12/21

14/08/18

24/10/19
22/10/20
13/11/20
16/12/21

14/08/18

24/10/19
22/10/20
13/11/20
16/12/21

307,500
100,912
88,298
–
3,496,710
666,667

47,250
52,478
45,919
–
812,314
1,166,667

159,750
77,530
67,839
–
1,471,786
833,334

72,000
52,415
45,863
–
1,003,612

–
–
–
121,310
121,310
–

–
–
–
86,650
86,650
–

–
–
–
86,650
86,650
–

–
–
–
66,431
66,431

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

307,500
100,912
88,298
121,310
3,618,020
666,667

47,250
52,478
45,919
86,650
898,964
1,166,667

159,750
77,530
67,839
86,650
1,558,436
833,334

72,000
52,415
45,863
66,431
1,070,043

£0.48
£0.05
£0.05
£0.05

£0.30

£0.48
£0.05
£0.05
£0.05

£0.30

£0.48
£0.05
£0.05
£0.05

£0.30

£0.48
£0.05
£0.05
£0.05

1.  SOP awards described here are all unapproved options granted under a plan adopted in 2010, when our share price was significantly lower. Unlike awards granted under the terms of the LTIP, they are not subject to performance conditions.

Vesting date
1/3: 14/08/19
1/3: 14/08/20
1/3: 14/08/21
24/10/22
22/10/23
13/11/22
16/12/24

1/2: 14/08/20
1/2: 14/08/21
24/10/22
22/10/23
13/11/22
16/12/24

1/2: 14/08/20
1/2: 14/08/21
24/10/22
22/10/23
13/11/22
16/12/24

1/2: 14/08/20
1/2: 14/08/21
24/10/22
24/10/22
22/10/23
13/11/22

Expiry date
14/08/28

24/10/29
22/10/30
13/11/30
16/12/31

14/08/28

24/10/29
22/10/30
13/11/30
16/12/31

14/08/28

24/10/29
22/10/30
13/11/30
16/12/31

14/08/28

24/10/29
22/10/30
13/11/30
16/12/31
16/12/24

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202267

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Remuneration Report continued

Directors’ interests in shares of the Company

Executive Directors
Graham Cooley, CEO
Andy Allen, CFO
Simon Bourne, CTO
Rachel Smith, Services Director
Non-Executive Directors
Sir Roger Bone, Chair
Martin Green
Jürgen Nowicki
Tom Rae3
Katherine Roe

Shares 
beneficially 
owned at 
30 April 2022

Options 
vested 
but not 
exercised

Shareholding 
as a 
percentage of 
base salary1

770,5862
67,6102
93,9712
464,5462

286,236
64,319
–
N/A
12,659

3,000,000
666,667
1,166,667
833,334

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

672%
286%
448%
427%

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

1.  Base salary is as at 30 April 2022. Shares are valued as follows:
  – Shares that are beneficially owned are valued at the price at which they were acquired.
  –  Options that have vested but not been exercised are valued at the mid-market closing price of the shares on the date of vesting, less the exercise price and 

deductions for tax and social security contributions. Once they are exercised, they are included in the shares beneficially owned and valued at the share price 
on the date of exercise.

2.   Includes shares held in the BAYE. Each Executive Director participates in the BAYE. As at 30 April 2022, each of them held 852 shares they had purchased and 852 

matching shares awarded to them by the Company. Shares acquired through the BAYE are held in a trust until a request is received to withdraw them or a 
participant leaves the Group’s employment. Matching shares are forfeited if the participant leaves or withdraws the associated purchased shares from the trust 
within three years of the matching shares being acquired, except in specific leaving circumstances.

3.  Tom Rae resigned effective 16 November 2021.
4.  Denise Cockrem was appointed effective 25 July 2021.

Currently, new issue shares are used to satisfy options granted under the terms of the SOP and the LTIP when they 
are exercised.

Executive Directors’ service contracts
Each Executive Director has a signed service contract that terminates on 12 months’ notice.

The Directors’ service contracts are available to view at the Company’s registered office and prior to each AGM at the 
venue for the meeting.

The contracts contain restrictive covenants for periods of up to six months post-employment relating to non-
competition and non-solicitation of the Group’s customers, suppliers and employees and indefinitely with respect to 
confidential information. In addition, they provide for the Group to own any intellectual property rights created by 
the Directors in the course of their employment.

Each Executive Director’s service contract includes a right for the Group to terminate the agreement and make a 
payment of base salary in lieu of the notice period. There are no contractual rights to additional compensation 
at termination.

Advisors to the Committee
During the year, the Remuneration Committee was supported by Ernst & Young LLP. Ernst & Young LLP received fees 
of £26,000 in connection with its advice to the Remuneration Committee. Ernst & Young LLP also provided legal 
advice to the Group regarding the operation of its share plans. The Remuneration Committee reviewed Ernst & Young 
LLP’s performance during the year and agreed to retain Ernst & Young LLP as its advisor.

The Remuneration Committee also receives advice from the Company Secretary.

Where to find additional disclosures

Dilution
SOP and LTIP awards can be satisfied using new issue shares, shares held in treasury or market purchase shares. The 
Remuneration Committee reviews the dilution position of the Company prior to granting share awards.

Disclosure
Attendance at Remuneration Committee meetings

In line with best practice, the Remuneration Committee ensures that the number of new ordinary shares issued in 
any 10-year period does not exceed 10% of the Company’s issued share capital under all the Company’s share plans 
and does not exceed 5% under the SOP and the LTIP in aggregate.

Detailed assumptions used in calculating the fair value 
of options

Location
Meeting attendance table in the Corporate Governance 
Report on page 46
Note 25 to the Consolidated Financial Statements

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202268

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Directors’ Report

The Directors of the Company present their report, together with the audited Consolidated Financial Statements, 
for FY22.

Dividend
The Directors do not recommend payment of a dividend.

This Directors’ Report has been prepared in accordance with the Companies Act. Additional information and 
disclosures, as required by the Companies Act, are included elsewhere in this Annual Report and are incorporated 
into this Directors’ Report by reference in the following table:

Disclosure
Names of Directors during the year
Review of likely future developments

Post-balance sheet events

Workforce engagement

Information on the employment and training 
of disabled people
Business relationships with suppliers, customers 
and others
GHG emissions
Corporate governance arrangements

Financial instruments and financial risk 
management
Related party transactions
Disclosure of information to the external auditor

Location
Board of Directors
CEO’s Review
CFO’s Review
CFO’s Review
Note 33 to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Our Stakeholders and Section 172(1) Statement
Sustainable Energy, Engineered Sustainably
Sustainable Energy, Engineered Sustainably

Page(s)
41 to 42
8 to 11
12 to 14
14
105
22
28 to 29
29

Our Stakeholders and Section 172(1) Statement

19 to 23

Sustainable Energy, Engineered Sustainably
Corporate Governance Report
Audit Committee Report
Remuneration Report
Note 30 to the Consolidated Financial Statements

27
44 to 50
51 to 54
55 to 67
103 to 105

Note 31 to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Directors’ Responsibilities Statement

105
70

Directors’ indemnity arrangements
Qualifying third-party indemnities were in place throughout FY22, and remain in place as at the date of this Annual 
Report. Under these indemnities, the Company has agreed to indemnify the Directors of the Company, to the extent 
permitted by law, against losses and liabilities that may be incurred in executing the powers and duties of their office.

Political donations
The Group made no political donations or contributions during the year (2021: nil). It is our policy not to make political 
donations or incur political expenditure.

Research and development (R&D)
During the year the Group incurred core product research spend of £1.4 million (2021: £3.5 million), with a further 
£7.0 million on development (2021: £1.5 million). The Group’s R&D is focused on achieving four main aims: (1) new 
manufacturing processes for cost cutting and mass production; (2) improving cell efficiency; (3) improving stack life 
and reducing degradation; and (4) scale up and product life cycle.

Domicile
The Company was incorporated in England and Wales under the Companies Act. It is registered at Companies House 
under number 5059407.

Shares
Share capital
As at the date of this Annual Report, the Company’s share capital consists of 613,158,155 issued and fully paid 
ordinary shares of 5 pence each. The shares are admitted to trading on AIM. Shares may be held in certificated or 
uncertificated form. Further details of the Company’s issued share capital, including changes during the year, can be 
found in Note 24 to the Consolidated Financial Statements on page 100.

Rights and obligations attaching to shares
The rights and obligations attaching to the Company’s ordinary shares are contained in the Company’s Articles 
of Association and the Companies Act. In summary:
 – The ordinary shares allow holders to receive dividends and to exercise one vote on a poll per ordinary share 

for every holder present in person or by proxy at general meetings of the Company

 – Shares held in treasury are not entitled to vote or receive dividends

There is no ownership ceiling.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202269

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Directors’ Report continued

Restrictions on transfer of securities
There are no restrictions on the transfer or sale of ordinary shares and no requirements for prior approval of any 
transfers, except:
 – Under the Company’s Articles of Association, the Directors have the power to suspend voting rights and the 

right to receive dividends in respect of ordinary shares and to refuse to register a transfer of ordinary shares in 
circumstances where the holder of those shares fails to comply with a notice issued under section 793 of the 
Companies Act

 – The Directors also have the power to refuse to register any transfer of certificated shares that does not satisfy the 

conditions set out in the Articles of Association

The Directors have been notified that 16.61% of the shares in issue were not in public hands as at 30 April 2022 and 
16.62% of the shares in issue are not in public hands as at the date of this Annual Report.

Share buy-backs
The Directors have not sought authority to buy-back the Company’s shares and the Company has not purchased any 
of its own shares. No shares are held in treasury.

External auditor
Grant Thornton UK LLP has expressed its willingness to continue in office as auditor. The Directors intend to 
recommend a resolution to reappoint Grant Thornton UK LLP at the Company’s next Annual General Meeting.

The Company is not aware of any agreements between shareholders that might result in the restriction of transfer 
or voting rights in relation to the shares held by such shareholders.

Approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by:

Employee share schemes
Shares issued under the Company’s employee share schemes rank pari passu with the existing shares of the 
Company. Voting rights attached to shares held on trust on behalf of participants in the BAYE are exercised by 
the trustee as directed by the participants.

Andy Allen
Chief Financial Officer
14 September 2022

Significant shareholdings
Notification has been received of the following interests of significant shareholders that equal or exceed a 3% interest 
in the issued share capital of the Company:

Investor
Linde UK Holdings No.2 Limited
JCB Research
Hargreaves Lansdown
DWP Bank
Mr Peter Hargreaves
Capital Group
Interactive Investor Trading
Fidelity

At 30 April 2022

At 14 September 2022

Number of 
ordinary 
shares
100,000,000
48,485,764
33,556,979
28,019,927
27,686,070
21,983,340
N/A
19,296,154

% of issued 
share capital
16.31%
7.91%
5.47%
4.57%
4.52%
3.59%
<3%
3.15%

Number of 
ordinary 
shares
100,000,000
42,823,778
34,415,268
34,325,117
27,686,070
N/A
19,553,928
N/A

% of issued 
share capital
16.31%
6.98%
5.61%
5.50%
4.52%
<3%
3.19%
<3%

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202270

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Directors’ Responsibilities 
Statement

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the financial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulations. Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial 
year. Under that law, the Directors have prepared the financial statements in accordance with UK-adopted 
international accounting standards and with the requirements of the Companies Act as applicable to companies 
reporting under those standards. They have elected to prepare the parent company financial statements in 
accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards 
and applicable law), including FRS 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework.

The Directors, whose names and functions are set out on pages 41 to 42, confirm that:
 – So far as each Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Group’s external auditor 

is unaware

 – The Directors have each taken all the steps they ought to have taken as a Director to make themselves aware of any 

relevant audit information and to establish that the Group’s auditor is aware of that information

Approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by:

Under company law, the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied they give a 
true and fair view of the state of affairs and profit or loss of the Company and the Group for that period.

Andy Allen
Chief Financial Officer
14 September 2022

In preparing these financial statements, the Directors are required to:
 – Select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently
 – Make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent
 – State whether applicable international accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies 

Act have been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements

 – Prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Company 

and/or Group will continue in business

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the 
Company’s and the Group’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of 
the Company and the Group and enable them to ensure that the financial statements comply with the Companies 
Act. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company and the Group and hence for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are also responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information 
included on the Group’s website.

Legislation, regulation and practice in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial 
statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202271

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Shareholder Information

Financial 
Statements

In this section
72 

Independent Auditor’s Report 
to the Members of ITM Power PLC
78  Consolidated Income Statement and 
Other Comprehensive Income

79  Consolidated Balance Sheet
80  Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
81  Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
82  Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements

106  Company Statement of Changes in Equity
107  Company Balance Sheet
108  Notes to the Company Financial Statements

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202272

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Shareholder Information

Independent auditor’s report to the members of ITM Power PLC

Opinion
Our opinion on the financial statements is unmodified.

We have audited the financial statements of ITM Power PLC (the ‘parent company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘group’) for the year 
ended 30 April 2022 which comprise the Consolidated Income Statement and Other Comprehensive Income, Consolidated Balance 
Sheet, Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity, Consolidated Cash Flow Statement, Company Statement of Changes in Equity, 
Company Balance Sheet and notes to the financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies. The financial 
reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the group financial statements is applicable law and UK-adopted 
international accounting standards. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the parent 
company financial statements is applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, including Financial Reporting Standard 
101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’ (United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

Conclusions relating to going concern
We are responsible for concluding on the appropriateness of the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based 
on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt 
on the group’s and the parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we 
are required to draw attention in our report to the related disclosures in the financial statements or, if such disclosures are 
inadequate, to modify the auditor’s opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our report. 
However, future events or conditions may cause the group or the parent company to cease to continue as a going concern.

Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the group’s and the parent company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern 
basis of accounting included obtaining management’s base case and sensitised cashflow forecasts to 30 September 2023, along with 
challenge and assessment of the inputs into the forecasts.

In our opinion:
 – the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 30 April 2022 

and of the group’s loss for the year then ended;

 – the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards;
 – the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted 

Management’s going concern assessment is based on the expected costs compared to the cash held. We evaluated management’s 
reverse stress test to check the extent of overspend required to eliminate all headroom in the base forecast, as well as the available 
mitigations to avoid such a scenario occurring. We inspected capital and lease commitments entered into and costs expected to be 
incurred to check that these have been appropriately incorporated into the forecasts and that there was sufficient cash in hand to 
cover these costs for the going concern period. 

Accounting Practice; and

 – the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our 
responsibilities under those standards are further described in the ‘Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements’ section of our report. We are independent of the group and the parent company in accordance with the ethical 
requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to 
listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We believe that the 
audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

We assessed the projected cash flows in management’s forecasts for the going concern assessment period by reference to our 
expectations formed from the audit work performed on contracts and by comparing forecast cash costs to those incurred in 
previous years. We have confirmed the cash held by the group at 30 April 2022 and compared this to the cash requirements 
indicated in management’s forecasts, noting that the balance held is significantly higher than forecasted costs.

In our evaluation of the directors’ conclusions, we considered the inherent risks associated with the group’s and the parent 
company’s business model including effects arising from macro-economic uncertainties such as Covid-19, we assessed and 
challenged the reasonableness of estimates made by the directors and the related disclosures and analysed how those risks might 
affect the group’s and the parent company’s financial resources or ability to continue operations over the going concern period. 

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, 
individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the group’s and the parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern 
for a period of at least twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the 
preparation of the financial statements is appropriate. 

The responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the ‘Responsibilities of directors for the financial 
statements’ section of this report.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 2022 
73

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Shareholder Information

Independent auditor’s report to the members of ITM Power PLC continued

Our approach to the audit

Overview of our audit approach

Overall materiality: 
Group: £2,335,000, which represents 5% of the group’s loss 
before tax.

Parent company: £2,100,000, which represents 0.4% of the 
parent company’s total assets.

Key audit matters for the group were identified as:
 – Inappropriate recognition of revenue – Same as previous year; 
 – Incomplete recognition of the loss provision in relation to 

contract accounting – Same as previous year

No additional key audit matters were identified in respect of the 
parent company.

Our auditor’s report for the year ended 30 April 2021 included 
one key audit matter that has not been reported as a key audit 
matter in our current year’s report. Inappropriate recognition 
of grant income is no longer considered a key audit matter, as 
the level of grant income recognised in the current period 
has reduced. 

Scoping has been determined to ensure appropriate coverage 
of the group significant risks, and key financial statement line 
items. The coverage of key financial statement line items 
identified as significant components were:
 – Revenue 95% (2021: 98%)
 – Loss before tax 93% (2021: 94%)

Materiality

Key Audit
matters

Scoping

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional 
judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the 
financial statements of the current period and include the most 
significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or 
not due to fraud) that we identified. These matters included 
those that had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; 
the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts 
of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the 
context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and 
in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a 
separate opinion on these matters. 

In the graph below, we have presented the key audit matters, significant risks and other risks relevant to the audit.

DescriptionDisclosuresAudit responseKey observations/Our resultsKAMHighExtent of management judgementLow● Key audit matter          ● Significant risk          ● Other riskLowPotentialfinancialstatementimpactHighGoingconcernParent only –InvestmentsTrade and grantreceivablesGrantincomeOtherprovisionsShare basedpaymentsInventory andwork in progressIncompleterecognitionof the lossprovisionin relationto contractaccountingManagementoverride ofcontrolInappropriaterecognitionof revenueITM Power PLC Annual Report 2022 
 
 
74

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Shareholder Information

Independent auditor’s report to the members of ITM Power PLC continued

Key Audit Matter – Group
Inappropriate recognition of revenue
We identified the inclusion of fraudulent transactions within 
revenue, including completeness of deferred income, as one of 
the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement. 

Revenue recorded in the financial statements is £5,627,000 
(2021: £4,275,000). 

There is a significant risk of fraudulent reporting due to the 
judgemental nature of assessing revenue recognised, using the 
‘over time’ principles in IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with 
Customers’ (IFRS 15) and the motivation to meet market 
expectations. Management’s assessment includes a number 
of estimates:
 – Estimated total contract costs;
 – Estimated stage of completion derived from the total contact 

costs; and

 – Forecasted margin which is also derived from total 

contract costs.

Relevant disclosures in the Annual Report and Accounts 2022
 – Financial statements: Note 5, Revenue, Operating Segments & 

Income from Government Grants

 – Financial statements: Note 4, Critical accounting judgements 

and key sources of estimation uncertainty

How our scope addressed the matter – Group
In responding to the key audit matter, we performed the 
following audit procedures:
 – Assessed whether the group’s accounting policies for revenue 
from contracts are in accordance with the financial reporting 
framework, IFRS 15;

 – Tested a sample of contracts to original signed agreements;
 – Performed procedures over management’s contract forecast 
models, testing mathematical accuracy and agreeing amounts 
and terms to underlying contracts; 

 – For a sample of contracts, recalculated revenue recognised 

over time using the input method of costs incurred to date as 
a percentage of forecast costs; 

 – Challenged management’s estimate of total expected costs to 
assess whether revenue had been properly recognised. We 
did this by comparing costs expected with post year end 
results and testing a sample of forecasted costs to supporting 
evidence such as purchase orders and supplier quotations;
 – Made enquires of the individual project managers to obtain 
an understanding of their process for estimating cost to 
complete. This was compared to the current progress of the 
contract.

 – For deferred contract income, using the sample selected 

through our revenue testing, we confirmed that there was a 
deferred income balance based on contractual terms, 
recalculated the deferred income balance and agreed inputs 
to supporting documentation, such as invoices raised and 
cash received; and

 – For performance obligations recognised at a point in time, we 

tested a sample to evidence of completion of those 
performance obligations.

Our results
Based on our audit work addressing the risk of improper 
recognition of revenue, we are satisfied that the assumptions 
made by management in recognising revenue were appropriate 
and in accordance with, the financial reporting framework, 
including IFRS 15, and we did not identify any material 
misstatements in the revenue recognised. 

Key Audit Matter – Group
Incomplete recognition of the loss provision in relation to 
contract accounting
We identified incomplete recognition of the loss provision in 
relation to contract accounting as one of the most significant 
assessed risks of material misstatement due to error. This is 
because of the judgement needed to assess the contract 
provisions. 

The contract loss provision provided in the financial statements 
is £12,493,000 (2021: £4,820,000). 

The majority of contracts that ITM Power have entered into 
have been loss making. There is a significant level of judgment 
in calculating future expected costs on the contracts as the 
contracts have been bespoke in nature. The impact of incorrect 
assessment of these costs is the potential for immediate 
recognition of future losses. As these are typically multi-year 
projects, the estimate around forecasting losses is sensitive and 
has the potential for material error.

Relevant disclosures in the Annual Report and Accounts 2022
 – Financial statements: Note 22, Provisions
 – Financial statements: Note 4, Critical accounting judgements 

and key sources of estimation uncertainty

How our scope addressed the matter – Group
In responding to the key audit matter, we performed the 
following audit procedures:
 – Obtained management’s schedule of contract loss provisions;
 – Identified on-going contracts at the year end where no loss 
provision was recognised and challenged whether this was 
appropriate by testing material costs to complete and 
comparing to contracted revenue amounts;

 – Made enquiries of the specific project managers to obtain an 
understanding of their process and methods of estimating 
costs to complete. We looked for indicators of management 
bias in their assumptions and corroborated estimates based 
on prior experience to historic data;

 – Obtained post year end schedules for total expected costs to 
identify whether the costs used in assessing contract losses 
were appropriate. We did this by assessing if the forecast 
costs to complete had increased significantly and where they 
did, corroborating management’s explanations for the 
changes;

 – Compared the total expected costs by contract from the year 
end to the previous year end and to costs incurred post year 
end, obtaining explanations for movements in order to test 
the historical accuracy of forecasting;

 – Obtained supporting evidence, such as purchase orders and 

supplier quotations for a sample of forecast costs to 
complete; and

 – Assessed and challenged the appropriateness of the financial 

statement disclosures. 

Key observations
When assessing contract costs incurred post year end, we 
identified a number of contracts where additional costs had 
been incurred which had not been included in the forecasts. 
Management subsequently recalculated the forecast contract 
costs and the resulting loss provision. 

Based on our audit work addressing the risk of incomplete 
recognition of the loss provision, we are satisfied that 
assumptions made by management in recording the loss 
provision are appropriate, and its recognition is in accordance 
with the financial reporting framework, including IAS 37 
‘Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets’ 
and IFRS 15.

No key audit matters were identified in respect of the parent company.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202275

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Shareholder Information

Independent auditor’s report to the members of ITM Power PLC continued

Our application of materiality
We apply the concept of materiality both in planning and performing the audit, and in evaluating the effect of identified 
misstatements on the audit and of uncorrected misstatements, if any, on the financial statements and in forming the opinion in the 
auditor’s report.

Materiality measure
Specific materiality

Materiality was determined as follows:

Materiality measure
Materiality for financial 
statements as a whole

Group
We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that, 
individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of the users of these financial statements. We use materiality in determining the 
nature, timing and extent of our audit work.

Parent company

Materiality threshold

£2,335,000, which is 5% of loss before tax.

£2,100,000, which is 0.4% of total assets.

Significant judgements made 
by auditor in determining 
materiality

In determining materiality, we made the 
following significant judgements:
 – The shareholder perception that the value 
of the group is derived from the potential 
of the products being developed and the 
value that can be derived from these 
assets; and

 – Materiality for the current year is higher 
than the level that we determined for the 
year ended 30 April 2021 to reflect the 
increase in absolute loss realised in 2022.

In determining materiality, we made the 
following significant judgements:
 – Identifying the primary objective of the parent 
company, which is to hold the investments in 
the group undertakings, as well as to provide 
financing to use as an appropriate benchmark; 
and

 – Materiality for the current year is higher than 
the level that we determined for the year 
ended 30 April 2021 to reflect the increase in 
assets held at 30 April 2022.

Performance materiality 
used to drive the extent 
of our testing

We set performance materiality at an amount less than materiality for the financial 
statements as a whole to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the 
aggregate of uncorrected and undetected misstatements exceeds materiality for the financial 
statements as a whole.

Performance materiality 
threshold

£1,400,000, which is 60% of financial 
statement materiality.

£1,260,000, which is 60% of financial statement 
materiality.

Significant judgements made 
by auditor in determining 
performance materiality

In determining performance materiality, we 
made the following significant judgements:
 – Our risk assessment procedures identified 
some changes and additional complexity in 
the group’s business activities. In addition, 
based on our experience of auditing the 
financial statements of the group, 
adjustments have not been made to the 
group’s financial statements in prior years. 

In determining performance materiality, we 
made the following significant judgements:
 – Our experience of auditing the financial 

statements of the company, adjustments have 
not been made to the company’s financial 
statements in prior years.

Group
We determine specific materiality for one or more particular classes of transactions, account 
balances or disclosures for which misstatements of lesser amounts than materiality for the 
financial statements as a whole could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial statements.

Parent company

Specific materiality

We determined a lower level of specific 
materiality for Related party transactions 
and directors remuneration.

We determined a lower level of specific 
materiality for Related party transactions and 
directors remuneration.

Communication of 
misstatements to the audit 
committee

Threshold for communication

We determine a threshold for reporting unadjusted differences to the audit committee.

£117,000 and misstatements below that 
threshold that, in our view, warrant reporting 
on qualitative grounds.

£105,000 and misstatements below that 
threshold that, in our view, warrant reporting on 
qualitative grounds.

The graph below illustrates how performance materiality interacts with our overall materiality and the tolerance for potential 
uncorrected misstatements.

Overall materiality – Group

Overall materiality – Parent company

Loss before tax:
£46.7m

FSM
£2.3m, 5%

PM
£1.4m, 60%

TFPUM
£0.9m, 40%

Total assets:
£506.0m

FSM
£2.1m, 0.4%

PM
£1.3m, 60%

TFPUM
£0.8m, 40%

FSM: Financial statements materiality, PM: Performance materiality, TFPUM: Tolerance for potential uncorrected misstatements

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202276

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Shareholder Information

Independent auditor’s report to the members of ITM Power PLC continued

An overview of the scope of our audit
We performed a risk-based audit that requires an understanding of the group’s and the parent company’s business and in particular 
matters related to:

Understanding the group, its components, and their environments, including group-wide controls
 – the engagement team obtained an understanding of the group and its environment, including group-wide controls, and assessed 

the risks of material misstatement at the group level; and

 – the engagement team obtained an understanding of the effect of the group organisational structure on the scope of the audit, 

for example, the level of centralisation of the group control function and the use of service organisations. 

Identifying significant components
 – the engagement team evaluated the identified components to assess their significance and determined the planned audit 

response based on a measure of materiality. Significance was determined as a percentage of the group’s revenue and loss before 
tax and qualitative factors, such as component’s specific nature or circumstances. 

Other information
The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the Annual 
Report, other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. Our opinion on the financial statements does not 
cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form of 
assurance conclusion thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider 
whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit or 
otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we 
are required to determine whether there is a material misstatement in the financial statements or a material misstatement of the 
other information. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other 
information, we are required to report that fact. 

We have nothing to report in this regard.

Type of work to be performed on financial information of parent and other components (including how it addressed the key 
audit matters)
 – the key audit matters identified in the key audit matter section of our audit report were addressed with the audit of the significant 

Our opinion on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006 is unmodified
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:
 – the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial statements are 

scoped locations. There were no key audit matters that related individually to the parent company, ITM Power PLC.

prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and

Audit approach
Audit of component financial information
Audit of specific financial statement line items
Analytical procedures
Total

No. of  
components
2
2
3
7

% coverage 
revenue
73
22
5
100

% coverage loss 
before tax
88
9
3
100

Performance of our audit
 – for the audit of specifical financial statement line items, specific procedures were primarily designed to audit the key audit matters 
but additional procedures were performed on cash balances and operating costs as well, depending on the quantum of these items; 
and

 – the primary team performed audit procedures across all components in line with the approach described. There were no 

component teams engaged to support the primary team.

Changes in approach from previous period
 – there is an additional component compared to last year as ITM Power PLC set up a new subsidiary in the year, which was partially 
disposed in March 2022. This component has been included in the table above as an audit of specific financial statement line items.

 – the strategic report and the directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

Matter on which we are required to report under the Companies Act 2006
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and the parent company and its environment obtained in the course 
of the audit, we have not identified material misstatements in the strategic report or the directors’ report.

Matters on which we are required to report by exception
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to 
you if, in our opinion:
 – adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been 

received from branches not visited by us; or

 – the parent company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or
 – certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
 – we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit. 

Responsibilities of directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the 
financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the directors 
determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due 
to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the parent company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of 
accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no 
realistic alternative but to do so.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202277

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Shareholder Information

Independent auditor’s report to the members of ITM Power PLC continued

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is 
a high level of assurance but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the 
aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial 
statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting Council’s 
website at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

Explanation as to what extent the audit was considered capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our 
responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. Owing to the inherent 
limitations of an audit, there is an unavoidable risk that material misstatements in the financial statements may not be detected, 
even though the audit is properly planned and performed in accordance with ISAs (UK). 

The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud, is detailed below: 
 – We obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory frameworks that are applicable to the group and determined that the 
most significant are those related to the reporting frameworks (UK-adopted international accounting standards, United Kingdom 
Generally Accepted Accounting Practice, and the Companies Act 2006), as well as the relevant tax regulations, health and safety 
law, employment law and data protection laws.

 – We assessed the susceptibility of the group’s financial statements to material misstatement, including how fraud might occur, by 
evaluating management’s incentives and opportunities for manipulation of the financial statements. This included the evaluation 
of the risk of management override of controls. We determined that the principal risks were in relation to:
 – journal entries that increased revenues or that reclassified costs from the income statement to the balance sheet;
 – potential management bias in determining accounting estimates, especially in relation to their assessment of the valuation of 

intangible assets;

 – transactions with related parties.

 – In assessing the potential risks of material misstatement, we obtained an understanding of:

 – the entity’s operations, including the nature of its revenue sources, products and services and of its objectives and strategies to 
understand the classes of transactions, account balances, expected financial statement disclosures and business risks that may 
result in risks of material misstatement;

 – the applicable statutory provisions; 
 – the entity’s control environment, including the relevant legislation, rules and other regulations of the regulator, the procedures 

for authorisation of transactions, internal review procedures over the entity’s compliance with regulatory requirements.
 – These audit procedures were designed to provide reasonable assurance that the financial statements were free from fraud or 
error. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from 
error and detecting irregularities that result from fraud is inherently more difficult than detecting those that result from error, as 
fraud may involve collusion, deliberate concealment, forgery or intentional misrepresentations. Also, the further removed 
non-compliance with laws and regulations is from events and transactions reflected in the financial statements, the less likely we 
would become aware of it. 

 – Engagement partner’s assessment of the appropriateness of the collective competence and capabilities of the engagement team 

including consideration of the engagement team’s:
 – understanding of, and practical experience with audit engagements of a similar nature and complexity through appropriate 

training and participation;

 – knowledge of the industry in which the client operates;
 – understanding of the legal and regulatory requirements specific to the entity including:

 – the provisions of the applicable legislation
 – the regulators rules and related guidance, including guidance issued by relevant authorities that interprets those rules
 – the applicable statutory provisions

 – Team communications in respect of potential non-compliance with laws and regulations and fraud included the potential for fraud 

in revenue recognition through manipulation of deferred income. This is also reported as a key audit matter in the key audit 
matter section of our report where the matter is explained in more detail and the specific procedures, we performed in response 
to the key audit matter are described in more detail.

Use of our report
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 
2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to 
state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume 
responsibility to anyone other than the company and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for 
the opinions we have formed.

David White
Senior Statutory Auditor
for and on behalf of Grant Thornton UK LLP
Statutory Auditor, Chartered Accountants
Sheffield

14 September 2022

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202278

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Shareholder Information

Consolidated Income Statement and Other Comprehensive Income

Revenue
Direct costs
Grant income against direct costs
Cost of sales
Gross loss
Operating costs
Research and development
Production and engineering
Sales and marketing
Administration expenses
Expected credit loss
Other income – government grants

Loss from operations

Share of loss of associate companies and joint ventures
Finance income
Finance costs
Loss on deemed disposal of subsidiary

Loss before tax
Tax

Loss for the year
Other total comprehensive income:
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
Foreign currency translation differences on foreign operations
Net other total comprehensive income

Total comprehensive loss for the year

Basic and diluted loss per share

All results presented above are derived from continuing operations and are attributable to owners of the Company. 

Note
5

5

2022

£000

(29,104)
–

2021

£000

(12,145)
1,356

£000
5,627

(29,104)
(23,477)

(1,383)
(7,931)
(1,920)
(10,669)
84
560
(44,736)

(10)
325
(532)
(1,710)
(46,663)
(31)
(46,694)

(71)

(78)

(71)
(46,765)

(8.1p)

£000
4,275

(10,789)
(6,514)

(3,489)
(8,839)
(1,436)
(7,404)
(165)
1,190
(26,657)

(595)
83
(479)
–
(27,648)
(49)
(27,697)

(78)
(27,775)

(5.5p)

5
6

12
9
9
12

10

11

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202279

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Shareholder Information

Consolidated Balance Sheet

Non-current assets
Investments in associate and joint venture
Loan notes
Intangible assets
Right of use assets
Property, plant and equipment
Financial asset at amortised cost

Total non-current assets
Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Provisions
Lease liability 

Total current liabilities
Net current assets
Non-current liabilities
Lease liability 
Provisions

Total non-current liabilities
Net assets 
Equity
Called up share capital
Share premium account
Merger reserve
Foreign exchange reserve
Retained loss

Total equity 

The financial statements of ITM Power PLC, registered number 05059407, were approved by the Board of Directors 
and authorised for issue on 14 September 2022. Signed on behalf of the Board of Directors:

Andy Allen
Director

Note

12
13
14
15
16
30

17
19
20

21
22
23

23
22

24
24
24
24
24

2022 
£000

1,662
1,548
9,081
6,454
15,637
161
34,543

32,198
25,542
365,882
423,622

(34,296)
(15,207)
(626)
(50,129)
373,493

(6,522)
(6,561)
(13,083)
394,953

30,658
542,323
(1,973)
12
(176,067)
394,953

2021 
£000

259
–
3,269
6,399
13,514
148
23,589

6,418
22,981
176,078
205,477

(12,857)
(12,276)
(204)
(25,337)
180,140

(6,282)
–
(6,282)
197,447

27,533
302,248
(1,973)
83
(130,444)
197,447

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202280

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Shareholder Information

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

Director
At 1 May 2020
Transactions with owners
Issue of shares
Credit to equity for share-based payment

Total Transactions with owners
Loss for the year
Other comprehensive loss 

Total comprehensive loss 
At 1 May 2021
Transactions with owners
Issue of shares
Credit to equity for share-based payment

Total Transactions with owners
Loss for the year
Other comprehensive loss 

Total comprehensive loss 
At 30 April 2022

Called up  
share  
capital 
£000
23,664

3,869
–
3,869
–
–
–
27,533

3,125
–
3,125
–
–
–
30,658

Share  
premium 
account 
£000
137,236

165,012
–
165,012
–
–
–
302,248

240,075
–
240,075
–
–
–
542,323

Merger  
reserve 
£000
(1,973)

–
–
–
–
–
–
(1,973)

–
–
–
–
–
–
(1,973)

Foreign 
exchange 
reserve 
£000
161

–
–
–
–
(78)
(78)
83

–
–
–
–
(71)
(71)
12

 Retained  
loss 
£000
(103,342)

–
595
595
(27,697)
–
(27,697)
(130,444)

–
1,071
1,071
(46,694)
–
(46,694)
(176,067)

 Total  
equity 
£000
55,746

168,881
595
169,476
(27,697)
(78)
(27,775)
197,447

243,200
1,071
244,271
(46,694)
(71)
(46,765)
394,953

Note
24

24

24

24

24

24

24

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202281

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Shareholder Information

Consolidated Cash Flow Statement

Net cash used in operating activities
Investing activities
Investment in joint venture/associate
Cashflows arising from loss of control of subsidiary
Loan notes (loan to joint venture)
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
Capital Grants received against purchases of non-current assets
Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Payments for intangible assets
Interest received

Net cash used in investing activities
Financing activities
Issue of ordinary share capital
Costs associated with equity raise
Payment of lease liabilities

Net cash from financing activities
Increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of year
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of year

Note
26

12

13

27

2022 
£000
(38,155)

(1,838)
(993)
(1,899)
(4,119)
150
352
(7,036)
304
(15,079)

250,000
(6,800)
(69)
243,131
189,897
176,078
(93)
365,882

2021 
£000
(20,141)

(535)
–
–
(14,422)
3,992
3
(1,524)
83
(12,403)

173,835
(4,954)
(156)
168,725
136,181
39,919
(22)
176,078

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202282

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Shareholder Information

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

1. General information
ITM Power PLC is a public company incorporated in England and Wales under the Companies Act 2006. The registered office is at 
2 Bessemer Park, Sheffield, South Yorkshire S9 1DZ. The nature of the operations and principal activities of the Company and its 
subsidiaries (together the Group) are disclosed in the Strategic Report.

3. Significant accounting policies
Basis of accounting
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards and 
with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 as applicable to companies reporting under those standards.

These financial statements are presented in pounds sterling, which is also the functional currency, because that is the currency of 
the primary economic environment in which the Group operates.

The financial statements have been prepared under the assumption that the Group operates on a going concern basis and on the 
historical cost basis. Historical cost is generally based on the fair value of the consideration given in exchange for goods and services.

2. Adoption of new and revised standards
Amendments to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) that are mandatorily effective for the current year
In the current year, the Group has applied the following amendments to IFRSs issued by the International Accounting Standards 
Board (IASB) that are mandatorily:
 – Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16 for Interest Rate Benchmark reform – phase 2 (effective for periods 

beginning on or after 1 January 2021)

 – IFRS 16 Amendment for COVID-19 related Rent Concessions beyond 30 June 2021 (effective for periods beginning on or after 

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market 
participants at the measurement date, regardless of whether that price is directly observable or estimated using another valuation 
technique. In estimating the fair value of an asset or a liability, the Group takes into account the characteristics of the asset or 
liability if market participants would take those characteristics into account when pricing the asset or liability at the measurement 
date. Fair value for measurement purposes in these financial statements is determined on such a basis, except for share-based 
payment transactions that are within the scope of IFRS 2, and measurements that have some similarities to fair value but are not fair 
value, such as net realisable value in IAS 2 or value in use in IAS 36. 

1 April 2021)

These standards have not had a material impact on the entity in the current reporting period.

New and revised IFRSs in issue but not yet effective
Certain new accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not mandatory for 30 April 2022 reporting 
periods and have not been early adopted by the Group. These standards are expected neither to have a material impact on the 
entity in the current or future reporting periods nor on foreseeable future transactions:
 – IFRS 3 Amendments to references to the Conceptual Framework Current (effective for periods beginning on or after 

1 January 2022) 

 – IAS 16 Amendments to Property, Plant and Equipment – Proceeds before intended Use Current (effective for periods beginning on 

or after 1 January 2022) 

 – IAS 37 Amendments to Onerous Contracts – Cost of Fulfilling a Contract (effective for periods beginning on or after 

1 January 2022) 

 – Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2018-2020, affecting IFRS 1, IFRS 9, IFRS 16, IFRS 41 (effective for periods beginning on or 

after 1 January 2022) 

 – IAS 1 Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-Current (effective for periods beginning on or after 1 January 2024) 
 – IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2 Disclosure of Accounting Policies from significant to material (effective for periods beginning 

on or after 1 January 2023) 

 – IAS 8 Amendments to Definition of Accounting Estimates (effective for periods beginning on or after 1 January 2023)
 – IAS 12 Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction (effective for periods beginning on or after 

1 January 2023)

In addition, for financial reporting purposes, fair value measurements are categorised into Level 1, 2 or 3 based on the degree to 
which the inputs to the fair value measurements are observable and the significance of the inputs to the fair value measurement in 
its entirety, which are described as follows: 
 – Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity can access at the 

measurement date;

 – Level 2 inputs are inputs, other than quoted prices included within Level 1, that are observable for the asset or liability, either 

directly or indirectly; and

 – Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and entities controlled by the Company 
(its subsidiaries) made up to 30 April each year. Control is achieved when the Company:
 – has power over the investee;
 – is exposed, or has rights, to variable return from its involvement with the investee; and
 – has the ability to use its power to affect its returns.

The Company reassesses whether or not it controls an investee if facts and circumstances indicate that there are changes to one or 
more of the three elements of control listed above. 

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 2022 
83

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Shareholder Information

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

3. Significant accounting policies continued
When the Company has less than a majority of the voting rights of an investee, it considers that it has power over the investee when 
the voting rights are sufficient to give it the practical ability to direct the relevant activities of the investee unilaterally. The Company 
considers all relevant facts and circumstances in assessing whether or not the Company’s voting rights in an investee are sufficient 
to give it power, including: 
 – the size of the Company’s holding of voting rights relative to the size and dispersion of holdings of the other vote holders; 
 – potential voting rights held by the Company, other vote holders or other parties; 
 – rights arising from other contractual arrangements; and 
 – any additional facts and circumstances that indicate that the Company has, or does not have, the current ability to direct the 

relevant activities at the time that decisions need to be made, including voting patterns at previous shareholders’ meetings.

Consolidation of a subsidiary begins when the Company obtains control over the subsidiary and ceases when the Company ceases 
to have control of the subsidiary. Specifically, the results of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of during the year are included in the 
consolidated income statement from the date the Company gains control until the date when the Company ceases to control the 
subsidiary.

Profit or loss and each component of other comprehensive income are attributed to the owners of the Company. Total 
comprehensive income of the subsidiaries is attributed to the owners of the Company. 

Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to bring the accounting policies used into line 
with the Group’s accounting policies. 

All intra-group assets and liabilities, equity, income, expenses and cash flows relating to transactions between the members of the 
Group are eliminated on consolidation.

Going concern
The Directors have prepared a cash flow forecast for the period from the balance sheet date until 30 September 2023. This forecast 
indicates that the Group would expect to remain cash positive without the requirement for further fund raising based on delivering 
the existing pipeline, for a period of at least 12 months from the date of approval of these financial statements. 

By the end of the period analysed, the Group will still hold significant cash reserves. This should give the business sufficient funds 
to trade for the next 12 months if the business continues with its medium-term business plan. 

The business remains in a development phase and continues in a cash outflow position, using funding generated from previous 
fundraises. As such, this cash flow forecast has also been stress-tested. As a worst-case scenario, if all payments had to continue 
as forecast while receipts were not received at all, the business would remain cash positive for the full 12 months from the date 
of approval of these financial statements. 

The accounts have therefore been prepared on a going concern basis.

Revenue recognition 
Product sales
ITM Power undertakes product sales of both whole systems and individual electrolyser units that involve manufacture followed by 
varying degrees of installation and commissioning over a period of several months. Systems are usually quoted to an end user as a 
single value but an intermediary may be quoted for individual electrolyser units. Both types of sale will be split into agreed payment 
milestones to facilitate cash flow. Performance obligations are identified according to the separability of the items being provided. 
Any ancillary requests, e.g. for training, will be treated as separate performance obligations if they can be separately identified and 
measured and the revenue value is also quoted separately.

Under IFRS 15, a performance obligation is satisfied over time if one of the following criteria is met:
a) the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits provided by the seller’s performance as the seller performs;
b) the seller’s performance creates or enhances an asset that the customer controls as the asset is created or enhanced; or
c)  the seller’s performance does not create an asset with an alternative use to the seller and the seller has an enforceable right to 

payment for performance completed to date.

Revenue from product sales, which do not meet the first two criteria, will therefore be treated differently depending on whether 
the product is standard or bespoke in reference to point (c) above:
 – Revenue from standard products will be recognised at point in time, only when the performance obligation has been fulfilled and 
ownership of the goods has transferred, i.e. at the official handover of control of a working machine to the customer. This is due to 
the ‘transferability’ of such products and their components up until handover, so the asset generated has an alternative use to the 
Group up to the point of handover. In the meantime, income from progress billings and advances received from customers will be 
reflected in the balance sheet as contract liabilities (deferred income). Costs incurred on projects to date will not be included in 
the statement of comprehensive income but will be accumulated on the balance sheet as work in progress so long as they are 
considered recoverable and only transferred to cost of sales once the revenue applicable to those costs can be recognised in the 
accounts. Should costs exceed anticipated revenues, a provision will be recognised and the surplus costs expensed with 
immediate effect; 

 – Bespoke contracts by their nature do not create an asset with an alternative use to the seller; some have traceability requirements 
attached to them that would prevent them being diverted during production whilst others are simply bespoke to the customer’s 
requirements and therefore would not meet the needs of, or be easily converted for use on, another project. There is also an 
enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date if the contract is terminated by the customer for reasons other 
than ITM Power’s failure to perform as promised. Revenues for bespoke contracts will therefore be recognised over time 
according to how much of the performance obligation has been satisfied. This is measured using the input method, comparing 
the extent of inputs towards satisfying the performance obligation with the expected total inputs required. Any changes in 
expectation are reflected in the total inputs figure as they become known. The progress percentage obtained is then applied to 
the revenue associated with that performance obligation. Management view this as a much more reliable measure of progress 
towards completion of the performance obligation than the output method as, despite contracting with milestone payments, 
these are not reliable measures of progress or value to the customer but instead have been designed to aid cash flow. Any 
differences between the revenues recognised and the milestone billings will result in contract assets/liabilities (shown as 
accrued or deferred income on the balance sheet).

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202284

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Shareholder Information

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

3. Significant accounting policies continued
ITM Power supplies units with a standard 12-month warranty, which covers the equipment against any fault due to manufacturing 
defects. Any repairs made under this warranty will be completed free of charge. Where possible, diagnosis will be performed via 
remote connection to minimise the time and expense associated with travel to the site. The warranty period starts from the date 
site acceptance testing is deemed to be passed. 

Unless an extended warranty is specifically purchased under the sales contract and thus, together with its maintenance obligations, 
creates a separate performance obligation under that contract, warranty provisions will continue to be treated under IAS 37 as they 
are by nature an assurance warranty. 

Parts that are replaced due to being at their end of life are not included. Expected lifetimes of individual parts will be provided in a 
detailed maintenance plan during the design phase of the project. Out-of-warranty repairs and part replacements will be charged to 
the customer. It should be noted that a maintenance contract is mandatory for the duration of the warranty period and will form a 
separate performance obligation. After the warranty period, it is recommended that a maintenance package is continued (see 
maintenance contracts below).

ITM Power’s standard contract wording aims to limit the right of rejection once a customer has accepted the unit under either 
factory acceptance testing (for ex-works or FCA Sheffield) or site acceptance testing. Up until that time, contractual obligations 
would protect our right to recognise revenues for work performed to date. Remedy for any dissatisfaction would instead exist in a 
separate claim for damages.

Maintenance contracts 
Maintenance contracts typically involve two scheduled annual visits. Therefore, revenue is recognised in two instalments against 
the costs of those visits, i.e. when each performance obligation is met. However, where remote support forms part of the contract, 
revenue for this performance obligation will be recognised over time as the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the 
benefits of such a service, and criteria (a) under IFRS 15 is met as referred to above.

Consulting contracts 
Larger systems or those where the system will need to perform to new conditions, are sometimes preceded by a design study or a 
Front-End Engineering Design (FEED) contract that defines solutions to customer specifications. ITM Power’s equipment being part 
of the solution, our expertise is often required to feed in to these studies. Where the IFRS 15 criteria for recognition over time are 
met (in this case that the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits of the service), revenue will be recognised 
over time. For those contracts where these criteria are not met, revenue will be recognised on completion of the contract. 

Fuel sales or sales of scrap/spares 
Sales are recognised immediately upon completion of the performance obligation, being the transfer of ownership of the goods.

Grants
Government and other grants are included in other operating income in the period that the related expenditure is incurred, unless 
relating to property, plant and equipment when they are netted against the cost of the assets acquired on the balance sheet. 

Grants have stage payments, which can include up-front payments to ITM Power. Where pre-finance has been received at the start 
of the grant and continues to exceed expenditure incurred to date, the surplus is shown as deferred income and is included in the 
consolidated balance sheet as a liability. When expenditure incurred to date exceeds receipts from the grant body, the surplus is 
shown as accrued income until such time that it can be claimed. Such balances are reviewed for recoverability, ensuring that the 
costs incurred met the conditions of the grant for recognition of grant income and such recognition of income does not exceed the 
maximum value of the award. 

In specific instances where grant income subsidises a sale, grant income can be recognised against appropriate expenditure on 
agreed projects and shown as receivable from the time of the expense. This means that grant income can be recognised against 
stage payments made on larger items. Thus, a further category of grant income receivable against pro forma payments has been 
established within deferred income on the balance sheet to allow for a difference in treatment in grant-subsidised sales. Once the 
items have been received, this grant income will come to be shown as ‘grant income against direct costs’ in profit and loss. 

Foreign currencies
The individual financial statements of each Group company are presented in the currency of the primary economic environment in 
which it operates (its functional currency). For the purpose of the consolidated financial statements, the results and financial 
position of each group company are expressed in pounds sterling, which is the functional currency of the Group, and the 
presentation currency for the consolidated financial statements. The financial statements are presented in round thousands.

In preparing the financial statements of the individual companies, transactions in currencies other than the entity’s functional currency 
(foreign currencies) are recognised at the rates of exchange prevailing on the dates of the transactions. At each balance sheet date, 
monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rates prevailing at that date. 

Non-monetary items carried at fair value that are denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the rates prevailing at the 
date when the fair value was determined. Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency 
are not retranslated.

Exchange differences are recognised in profit or loss in the period in which they arise except exchange differences on monetary 
items receivable from or payable to a foreign operation for which settlement is neither planned nor likely to occur (therefore 
forming part of the net investment in the foreign operation), which are recognised initially in other comprehensive income and 
reclassified from equity to profit or loss on disposal or partial disposal of the net investment.

For the purpose of presenting consolidated financial statements, the assets and liabilities of the Group’s foreign operations are 
translated at exchange rates prevailing on the balance sheet date. Income and expense items are translated at the average exchange 
rates for the period, unless exchange rates fluctuate significantly during that period, in which case the exchange rates at the date of 
transactions are used. Exchange differences arising, if any, are recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in 
equity (attributed to non-controlling interests as appropriate). 

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202285

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Shareholder Information

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

3. Significant accounting policies continued
Taxation
The tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax.

The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in the income 
statement because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and it further excludes items 
that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or 
substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. The resulting tax charge, where applicable, is shown within the tax line of the 
income statement.

Research and development tax credits are recognised on an accruals basis, and are reported in the income statement. By their 
nature, they are similar to grant funding and are presented amongst other income. 

Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities 
in the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit, and is accounted for using the 
balance sheet liability method. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred 
tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary 
differences can be utilised. Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference arises from goodwill or from the 
initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither the tax 
profit nor the accounting profit.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and associates, and 
interests in joint ventures, except where the Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that 
the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each 
balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all 
or part of the asset to be recovered. 

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the liability is settled or the asset is realised. 
Deferred tax is charged or credited in the income statement, except when it relates to items charged or credited directly to equity, 
in which case the deferred tax is also dealt with in equity. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally 
enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities, and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same 
taxation authority, and the Group intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

Investment in associates and joint ventures
These are companies where ownership is 50% or less but significant influence is retained. Significant influence is the power to 
participate in the financial and operational policy decisions of the investee but is not control over those policies. Joint ventures will 
allow for joint control as no one party has overall control, but where there is no control, the investment is referred to as an 
associate. Both joint ventures and investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method.

The investment is initially recognised at cost and adjusted thereafter to recognise the Group’s share of the profit or loss and other 
comprehensive income of the investment entity, adjusted where necessary to ensure consistency with the accounting policies of 
the Group. When the Group’s share of losses of an investment exceeds the Group’s interest in that entity, the Group discontinues 
recognition of its share of further losses. Additional losses are then recognised only to the extent that the Group has incurred legal 
or constructive obligations or made payments on behalf of the investment entity.

As per IAS 28, the investment will be subject to impairment review only with objective evidence of impairment from observable 
data as a result of one or more events adversely impacting the expected future cash flows and where such impact can be reliably 
estimated. Any such impairment will reduce the carrying value of the investment and be recognised immediately in profit or loss to 
the extent that it relates to the investment by the Group.

Unrealised gains and losses on transactions between the Group and its associates and joint ventures are eliminated to the extent of 
the Group’s interest in those entities. Where unrealised losses are eliminated, the underlying asset is also tested for impairment.

Intangible assets – software
Software purchased from external companies has been recognised at cost under the heading of intangible assets. Amortisation is 
charged so as to write off the cost of assets over an estimated useful life of three years (in-line with the Group policy for computer 
equipment), using the straight-line method. This is recognised in Administration expenses.

Internally-generated intangible assets – research and development expenditure
Expenditure on research activities is recognised as an expense in the period in which it is incurred, except where the costs of 
activities are considered development for the purposes of capitalising development costs. 

An internally-generated intangible asset arising from the Group’s product development is recognised only if all of the following 
conditions can be demonstrated:
 – the technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that it can be made available for use or sale; 
 – the intention to complete the intangible asset to use or sell it;
 – the availability of adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the 

intangible asset;

 – an asset is created that can be separately identified for use or sale;
 – it is probable that the asset created will generate future economic benefits; and
 – the development cost of the asset can be measured reliably.

Once completed, Development Costs transfer into the category of Know-how. As these assets form the basis of the Group’s product 
range (being the development of new processes, standard products or new product features that improve the capacity or efficiency 
of the electrolysers) amortisation is recognised on a straight-line basis in Research and development costs over their useful lives, 
considered to be four years, in line with expected product life cycles. Each asset is assessed on an annual basis to ensure that it still 
meets the criteria and will still contribute to the Group’s products. If not, an impairment will be recognised. Where no internally-
generated intangible asset can be recognised, development expenditure is recognised as an expense in the period in which it is incurred.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 2022 
86

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Shareholder Information

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

3. Significant accounting policies continued
Right of use assets
Right of use assets are recognised at the total value of the minimum lease payments (i.e. initial measurement of the lease liability) 
plus any deposit or lease payments made at or before the commencement date, less any lease incentives. The Group creates a 
separate asset under leasehold improvements for the initial direct costs incurred in establishing the lease but also for any 
dilapidations costs to restore a property to the condition required by the landlord at the end of the lease. 

If the recoverable amount of an asset is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount is reduced to its 
recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognised immediately in profit and loss. Where an impairment loss subsequently 
reverses, the carrying amount of the asset is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but so that the increased 
carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognised 
in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognised immediately in profit or loss. The value of any impairment (or its 
reversal) is recognised within the same cost line that the depreciation or amortisation would normally appear in.

Depreciation of right of use assets will be recognised over the lease term in production or administration expenses depending on 
the asset. 

Property, plant and equipment
Leasehold improvements, laboratory and test equipment, production plant and equipment, computer equipment and office 
furniture and fittings are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any recognised impairment loss.

Assets in the course of construction are carried at cost, less any recognised impairment loss. These assets are not depreciated but 
are subject to impairment review. Once completed and ready for their intended use, the assets are transferred into other asset 
categories and depreciated accordingly.

Depreciation is charged so as to write off the cost of assets, other than land and assets under construction, over their estimated 
useful lives, using the straight-line method, on the following bases:

Category
Laboratory and test equipment
Production plant and equipment
Computer equipment
Office furniture and fittings
Leasehold improvements

Period
5 to 8 years
5 to 8 years
3 years
10 years 
10 years or lease term

Recognition in profit and loss
Research and development costs
Production and engineering costs
Administration expenses
Administration expenses
Administration expenses

The gain or loss arising on the disposal or retirement of an asset is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and the 
carrying amount of the asset and is recognised in income.

Impairment of tangible and intangible assets
At each balance sheet date, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its tangible and intangible assets to determine whether 
there is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of 
each asset (or cash-generating unit) is estimated to determine the extent of the impairment loss. 

The recoverable amounts of non-current assets are derived from value-in-use calculations. In assessing value in use, the estimated 
future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the 
time value of money and the risks specific to the group of units.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost comprises direct materials and, where applicable, direct 
labour costs and those overheads that have been incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition. Cost is 
calculated using the ‘first in, first out’ (FIFO) method. Net realisable value represents the estimated selling price less all estimated 
costs of completion and costs to be incurred in marketing, selling and distribution.

Financial assets
At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value 
through profit or loss, transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs of 
financial assets carried at fair value through profit or loss are expensed in profit or loss. Subsequent measurement of financial assets 
depends on the Group’s business model for managing the asset and the cash flow characteristics of the asset. There are three 
measurement categories of which the Group holds financial instruments in two:

Amortised cost
Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent solely payments of principal and 
interest are measured at amortised cost. A gain or loss on a debt investment that is subsequently measured at amortised cost and is 
not part of a hedging relationship is recognised in profit or loss when the asset is derecognised or impaired. Interest income from 
these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective interest rate method.

Fair value through profit or loss
Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortised cost or Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income (FVOCI) are measured at 
fair value through profit or loss. A gain or loss on a debt investment that is subsequently measured at fair value through profit or loss 
and is not part of a hedging relationship is recognised in profit or loss and presented net in the profit or loss statement within other 
gains/(losses) in the period in which it arises. Interest received from these financial assets is included in investment income.

Impairment
The Group assesses, on a forward-looking basis, the expected credit losses associated with its assets carried at amortised cost. 
The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk in trade receivables 
and contract assets (accrued sales income). For trade receivables only, the Group applies the simplified approach permitted by 
IFRS 9, which requires expected lifetime losses to be recognised from initial recognition of the receivables. An analysis of historical 
default amongst our trade receivables was conducted and showed that less than 1% of sales over several years have resulted in 
default. The Group continue to trade with large entities with good credit scores but trading data is monitored annually to ensure 
that there are no significant changes to this percentage.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202287

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Shareholder Information

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

3. Significant accounting policies continued
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand and on demand deposits, and other short-term highly liquid investments that are 
readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of change in value.

Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities are obligations to pay cash or other financial assets and are recognised when the Group becomes a party to the 
contractual provisions of the instrument. Financial liabilities are recorded initially at fair value, net of direct issue costs, and are 
subsequently recorded at amortised cost using the effective interest method, with interest-related charges recognised as an 
expense in finance cost in the income statement. Finance charges are charged to the income statement on an accruals basis using 
the effective interest method and are added to the carrying amount of the instrument to the extent that they are not settled in the 
period in which they arise. A financial liability is derecognised only when the obligation is extinguished, that is, when the obligation is 
discharged or cancelled or expires.

Derivative financial instruments
The Group enters into derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to foreign exchange rate risk. These are not deemed 
to be effective hedging instruments to be matched off against a related asset or liability but rather as stand-alone financial assets or 
liabilities at fair value through profit and loss. Within the financial statements, therefore, this portfolio of contracts will be shown as 
either an asset or liability on the balance sheet, with a corresponding gain or loss through the income statement, depending on how 
the contractual rate of exchange compares with the year-end rate.

Leases
At inception of a contract, the Group assesses whether it conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset – and obtain 
substantially all of the economic benefits from use of the asset – for a period of time in exchange for consideration. In this instance 
the contract should be accounted as a lease.

The Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a lease liability at the lease commencement date. The right-of-use asset is recognised 
at cost and is subsequently depreciated using the straight-line method over the lease term.

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments and discounted using the interest rate implicit in 
the lease or, if that rate cannot be determined, the Group’s incremental borrowing rate or best estimate of the same. The lease 
liability continues to be measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. It is remeasured when there is a change in 
the future lease payments. When the lease liability is remeasured in this way, a corresponding adjustment is made to the carrying 
amount of the right-of-use asset.

The Group has elected not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for leases of less than 12 months and leases of low 
value assets. These largely relate to short-term rentals of equipment to undertake our field activities. The Group recognises the 
lease payments associated with these leases, together with any property service charges and storage fees, as an expense on a 
straight-line basis over the lease term (see Note 6).

Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, and it is 
probable that the Group will be required to settle that obligation, and that a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of that 
obligation. Provisions are measured at the Directors’ best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the obligation at the 
balance sheet date, and are discounted to present value where the effect is material.

Warranties
Provisions for the expected cost of warranty obligations under local sale of goods legislation are recognised at the date of sale of the 
relevant products, at the Directors’ best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the Group’s obligation.

Equity instruments
An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Group after deducting all of its liabilities. 
Equity instruments issued by the Group are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.

Share-based payments
The Group issues equity-settled share-based payments to certain employees. Equity-settled share-based payments are measured at 
fair value at the date of grant. The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based payments is expensed in 
profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate of shares that will eventually vest.

The Group also recognises a provision for Employer’s National Insurance Contributions (NIC) that becomes payable on the exercise 
of share options granted under the Group’s non-tax advantaged share plans, to the extent that the liability has not been transferred 
to the employees. Where a liability is due, the provision has been calculated using the intrinsic value of the share option which is the 
difference between the Group’s share price at the balance sheet date and the exercise price. The actual amount of Employer’s NIC 
that will be payable will be determined on the difference between the exercise price and Group’s share price at the date of exercise. 
For share options that have not vested, the provision for Employer’s NIC is calculated on the same basis and is accrued over the 
vesting period.

For option grants prior to 2020, the Group has agreed that settlement of the Employer’s NIC liability arising on gains made on the 
exercise of unapproved share options be capped at the exercise price of the options. Any excess liability for Employer’s NIC would be 
recovered from the option holder. For option grants from 2020, the employees have agreed to pay any Employer’s NIC liability that 
is due on exercise of their options. As such a separate reimbursement asset is recognised for this recoverable amount.

Pension costs
The Group operates a defined contribution pension scheme. The amount charged to the income statement in respect of pension 
costs is the contributions actually payable in the year. Differences between the contributions actually payable and those paid are 
shown as accruals or prepayments in the consolidated balance sheet.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202288

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Shareholder Information

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

4. Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty
In the application of the Group’s accounting policies, which are described in Note 3, the Directors are required to make judgements, 
estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. 
The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. 
Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in 
the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future periods 
if the revision affects both current and future periods.

Critical judgements in applying the Group’s accounting policies
The following are the critical judgements, apart from those involving estimations (which are dealt with separately below), that the 
Directors have made in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies and that have the most significant effect on the 
amounts recognised in the financial statements.

Capitalisation of development costs
The Group undertakes a number of internal projects for the advancement of our core technology, the design of our standard 
products and improved efficiencies around our business. Whilst these will be timebound and involve specific groups of staff, time 
and costs can be tracked through our reporting and accounting systems. Management must decide at what point such efforts 
become development work that will result in future economic benefits to the Group and thus, at which point they meet the criteria 
for capitalisation. See Note 14. 

Key sources of estimation uncertainty
Contract accounting, including consideration of contract balances and loss provisions
Management have assessed sales contracts in accordance with the 5-step principle laid out by IFRS 15 to confirm whether a 
contract should be recognised over time or at a point in time. Contract balances are reviewed to ensure that they reflect the status 
of the project and that amounts remain recoverable. Rolling forecasts of costs to complete the performance obligation are 
maintained so that onerous contracts can be recognised and provided for at the point where costs are predicted to exceed the 
expected income. Risk registers are also maintained and regular discussions with project managers highlight whether any further 
provisions are required, e.g. for liquidated damages. See Notes 5 and 18. 

Provisions
Note 22 gives details of the amounts currently recognised under four different categories of provision. Management have 
particularly considered the following:

Warranty provisions are based on management’s current best estimate of the potential costs involved in diagnosing and correcting 
faults and the likelihood of such faults occurring within the first year (or duration of the warranty period) of operation of a unit. 
These assumptions are built upon historical data of units in the field so are likely to be reviewed and revised as more information 
becomes available with a higher quantity of machines in operation. If it becomes known that additional work is required, then the 
provision is immediately extended.

A provision for onerous contracts (contract losses) has been recognised in line with the requirements of IAS 37, given the expected 
costs to complete legacy projects exceeding the headroom in contracted sales values. Cost forecasts produced by project managers 
are monitored on a monthly basis to ensure that such potential losses are recognised immediately in the accounts. As quotes are 
finalised with suppliers these estimates may fluctuate but the provision will be adjusted accordingly and ultimately used to offset 
the future costs of the project as it nears completion. Furthermore, the Group uses software to track the risks and opportunities 
of each project. This gives a potential cost and risk rating for active risks and has been reviewed by management at year end to 
determine if any additional contingency should be recognised on projects. A sensitivity analysis was performed on the current 
provision and future forecast costs. If forecasted costs were to increase by 10%, the provision would need to increase by 
£4.3 million (2021: £1.8 million). 

Changes in accounting estimates
Useful asset lives
The Directors have reconsidered the useful lives of the Group’s fixed asset categories to reflect a change in the Group’s purchasing 
habits over recent months. As plant and lab equipment is now being bought brand new, rather than second hand, this has resulted 
in a change to the expected useful lives of some categories of plant and equipment as follows:

Category
Laboratory and test equipment
Production plant and equipment
Computer equipment
Office furniture and fittings
Leasehold improvements

Previous useful life
4 years
4 years
3 years 
4 years 
4 years or the remainder of the lease term

New estimated useful life
5 to 8 years
5 to 8 years
3 years
10 years 
10 years or lease term

The change has been treated prospectively and has impacted profit and loss in the current period to reduce losses by £499,000.

Provision for inventory obsolescence
With the increase in inventory and the move towards more standardised products, the Directors have reviewed and refined their 
policy for the provision of stock obsolescence. Previously stock was assessed by its age and usage in the business, writing it down by 
60% if parts were over 12 months old but still being used on products or else by 100% if parts were over a year old and seemingly 
not in use on products.

However, it is recognised that parts can now be held in the business for a number of reasons, not least the contractual requirements 
of our warranty and aftersales provisions and this needed to be reflected in our treatment. In the current year therefore, stocked items 
have been classified into four different categories: those actively in use in our bills of material, those that can be used for product 
development work, discontinued items that may not be part of active bills of material but still have demand through maintenance 
and aftersales work on legacy equipment, and finally redundant parts. The first three categories still hold value for the business and 
have been maintained at cost, whilst redundant stock has continued to be fully written down. The initial effect of this change was 
not material in the current year. Going forward, this categorisation of stock will allow us to review our holdings to ensure that they 
are sufficient to meet our contractual obligations, whilst also allowing us to refine the provision further, for example if the 
discontinued category began to exceed our contractual obligations.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202289

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Shareholder Information

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

5. Revenue, operating segments and income from government grants
All revenues are derived from continuing operations. An analysis of the Group’s revenue is as follows:

An analysis of the Group’s revenue, by major product (or customer group), is as follows:

Revenue from product sales recognised over time
Revenue from product sales recognised at a point in time
Consulting contracts recognised over time
Maintenance contracts recognised at a point in time
Fuel Sales
Other (e.g. scrap sales)

Revenue in the Consolidated Income Statement
Grant income shown against cost of sales
Grant income (claims made for projects)
Other government grants (R&D claims)
Other government grants (COVID-19 furlough scheme)
Other income – government grants

2022

£000

271
289
–

£000
808
1,231
2,948
43
229
368
5,627
–

560
6,187

2021

£000

761
404
25

£000
1,697
–
2,108
112
153
205
4,275
1,356

1,190
6,821

At 30 April 2022, the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations of continuing build 
contracts was £42.0 million (2021: £16.7 million). The Group expects to recognise 73% of this within one year, with the remaining 
27% expected the following year.

Segment information
ITM Power PLC is organised internally to report to the Group’s Chief Operating Decision Maker, the Chief Executive Officer, 
on the financial and operational performance of the Group as a whole. The Group’s Chief Operating Decision Maker is ultimately 
responsible for entity-wide resource allocation decisions, evaluating performance on a Group-wide basis and any elements within 
it on a combination of information from the executives in charge of the Group and Group financial information. 

Management has previously identified three target markets for our products (Power-to-Gas, Refuelling, and Industrial). Revenue 
reporting has begun to look at these three sectors to assess the commerciality of those sales. However, decisions for resourcing 
cannot be made by reference to these segments. The Group operates a single factory that builds units for use across all sectors. 
It would be hard to assign overhead costs to particular product segments as builds all occur in that one facility and can run 
concurrently. Similarly, fixed assets and suppliers’ balances cannot be assigned to the production of one specific segment. 
For overhead costs and net asset resources, therefore, decisions are taken on a group basis.

Power-to-Gas 
(of which product sales recognised over time £56,000)
Refuelling
(of which product sales recognised over time £245,000)
Industrial
(of which product sales recognised over time £507,000)
Other

Revenue in the Consolidated Income Statement

2022
£000
207

1,704

507

3,209
5,627

2021
£000
210

(38)

1,870

2,233
4,275

In the prior year, the negative sales revenue on refuelling was caused by the effects of foreign exchange as well as actual and 
forecast overruns (affecting stage of completion) on the product sale therein.

The Other category contains a large consultancy project, involving design and FEED studies for larger scale product manufacture.

Geographical analysis
The United Kingdom is the Group’s country of domicile but the Group also has subsidiary companies in the United States, Germany 
and Australia. All non-current assets were domiciled in the United Kingdom or Germany. Revenues have been generated as follows:

United Kingdom
Germany
(of which product sales recognised over time £563,000)
Rest of Europe
(of which product sales recognised over time £245,000)
United States
Australia

Included in revenue are the following amounts, which each accounted for more than 10% of total revenue:

Customer A 
Customer B 
Customer C

Industrial
Other
Refuelling

2022
£000
3,359

770

246
22
1,230
5,627

2022
£000
<10%
2,840
673

2021
£000
2,505

1,966

(196)
–
–
4,275

2021
£000
1,870
2,027
–

Except where extended warranties have been purchased and treated as separate performance obligations for the purpose of IFRS 15 
Revenue from contracts with customers, warranty commitments are covered under Note 22 Provisions.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202290

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Shareholder Information

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

6. Loss for the year
Loss for the year has been arrived at after charging / (crediting):

Whilst costs have been shown on the income statement by function within the Group, the following table shows costs grouped 
by nature:

Net foreign exchange losses/(gains)
Fair value gain on forward contracts
Fair value loss on loan notes
Share-based payment charge (Note 25)
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Depreciation of right of use assets
Impairment of non-current assets
Amortisation of intangibles
Research and non-capitalised Development costs
Expected credit loss (trade receivables)
(Reversal of) expected credit loss on prepaid suppliers
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Loss on disposal of Motive 
Rentals under short-term leases:
– Land and buildings
– Other equipment
Government grants receivable
Staff costs (Note 8)
Cost of inventories recognised as an expense
Movement on aged stock provision

2022
£000
386
(136)
344
1,429
1,628
711
–
849
1,383
1
(100)
–
1,710

58
219
(560)
14,482
5,690
1,417

2021
£000
(53)
–
–
799
1,576
745
1,713
274
3,489
(3)
168
173
–

8
142
(2,546)
11,434
4,241
845

Direct costs
Materials
Labour
Other bought in items
Contract provisions

Total direct costs

Operating costs
Staff and employment costs
Consultancy and consumables
Building overheads
Depreciation
Amortisation
Impairment
Other

Total operating costs

2022
£000

3,862
4,303
17,738
3,201
29,104

4,315
11,225
2,564
2,340
849
–
525
21,818

2021
£000

4,241
707
6,987
210
12,145

9,594
5,666
1,650
2,321
274
1,713
115
21,333

Calculation of Adjusted EBITDA
In reporting EBITDA, management use the metric of adjusted EBITDA, to better reflect underlying performance and remove the 
effect of the following items:

Loss from operations
Add back:
Depreciation
Impairment
Amortisation
Loss on disposal
Fair value loss on loan notes
Share-based payment charge (Note 25)

2022
£000
(44,736)

2,340
–
849
–
344
1,429
(39,774)

2021
£000
(26,657)

2,321
1,713
274
173
–
799
(21,377)

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202291

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Shareholder Information

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

7. Auditor’s remuneration
The following amounts were payable to the Group’s auditor and have been charged within the loss before tax:

More detail is provided for directors’ remuneration and share options within the Remuneration Report. No share options were 
exercised during the year, although four directors participate in these long-term incentive plans (2021: 4) and benefited from 
exercises in the prior year. 

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for 
– The audit of the Company’s annual accounts
– The audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation

Total audit fees
Other services pursuant to legislation
– Interim agreed upon procedures/review work (audit related services)
– Assurance fee on corporate finance transaction

Total non-audit fees

8. Remuneration of directors and employees 

Directors 
Fees/Basic salary plus bonuses earned in the year
Pension contributions
Aggregate emoluments

Other key management personnel
Fees/Basic salary plus bonuses
Pension contributions
Aggregate emoluments
Employer’s NIC
Share-based payment expense 

Total costs for directors and key management personnel

2022
£000

137
33
170

55
125
180

2022
£000

1,576
71
1,647

116
6
122
224
686
2,679

2021
£000

120
33
153

13
–
13

2021
£000

1,436
55
1,491

–
–
–
169
549
2,209

Gains made by directors exercising share options in the prior year:

Director
S Bourne
S Bourne
S Bourne
S Bourne
S Bourne
G Cooley
G Cooley
G Cooley
R Smith
A Allen
A Allen

Type of share 
option
EMI
Unapproved
EMI
Unapproved
Unapproved
Unapproved
EMI
Unapproved
Unapproved
EMI
Unapproved

Number of shares 
exercised
123,596
276,404
100,000
250,000
583,333
800,000
250,000
750,000
416,666
50,000
333,333

Exercise price
67p
67p
50p
27p
30p
67p
50p
27p
30p
55p
30p

Market price at 
date of exercise 
283.05p
283.05p
283.05p
283.05p
283.05p
283.05p
283.05p
283.05p
283.05p
283.05p
283.05p

Gain made
£000
267.3
597.9
233.2
641.4
1,476.1
1,730.4
582.6
1,924.1
1,054.4
114.3
798.9

Four directors also participate in the Group BAYE scheme (2021: 4) and receive matching shares. Three directors were members 
of money purchase pension schemes during the year (2021: 3).

Remuneration of the highest paid director
Aggregate emoluments
Money purchase pension contributions

2022
£000
472
–
472

2021
£000
500
–
500

Salary figures detailed here are after salary exchange for pensions. Consequently, the pension figures are employer contributions 
inclusive of those salary exchange amounts.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202292

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Shareholder Information

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

8. Remuneration of directors and employees continued
Gains made by the highest paid director exercising share options in the year were £Nil (2021: £4.2 million).

10. Tax

Monthly average number of persons employed
– Research and development
– Production and engineering
– Sales and marketing
– Administration

Staff costs during the year (including directors)
Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Other pension costs 
Share-based payment expense

Less: staff costs capitalised in development costs
Staff costs expensed in the year

2022
Number
86
184
20
48
338

2022
£000
14,893
1,694
1,259
1,429
19,275
(4,793)
14,482

2021
Number
54
113
13
30
210

2021
£000
8,687
1,988
759
799
12,233
(1,430)
10,803

As at 30 April 2022 pension contributions of £123,000 (2021: £72,000) due in respect of the current year had not been paid over 
to the scheme. These were paid over in the following month and within statutory deadlines.

9. Finance income and costs

Finance income
Interest received on cash deposits
Finance cost
Interest paid
Lease liability interest paid 

Net finance costs

2022

£000

(41)
(491)

£000

325

(532)
(207)

2021

£000

(60)
(419)

£000

83

(479)
(396)

Current taxation
Tax charge in the year 
Tax charge relating to prior years 

2022 
£000

31
–
31

2021 
£000

25
24
49

Corporation tax is calculated at 19% (2021: 19%). Taxation for other jurisdictions is calculated at the rates prevailing in the respective 
jurisdictions.

The charge for the year can be reconciled to the income statement as follows:

Loss before tax
Tax on loss at 19% (2021: 19%)

Factors affecting (charge)/credit for the year:
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
Fixed asset differences
Tax charge on current year RDEC claim
Adjustments in respect of prior years
Unrelieved tax losses carried forward
Tax charge for the year

2022
£000
(46,663)
(8,866)

2021
£000
(27,648)
(5,253)

332
445
31
–
8,089
31

204
1,510
25
24
3,539
49

Factors affecting future tax charges
The Group has tax losses of approximately £99.8 million (2021: £65.6 million) available to carry forward against future taxable 
profits, subject to agreement with HM Revenue & Customs. Deferred tax would have been calculated at a rate of 25% following 
substantive enactment in May 2021. However, a deferred tax asset has not been recognised so this change is immaterial to the 
current financial statements.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202293

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Shareholder Information

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

11. Loss per share
The calculation of the basic and diluted earnings per share is based on the following data:

Below we provide information regarding the performance of the investment in associate within the year:

2022
£000

2021
£000

(46,694)

(27,697)

ITM Linde Electrolysis GmbH
Cost brought forward
Additions
Foreign exchange 
50% share of loss recognised in the year

2022
£000
259
–
(21)
(178)
60

2021
£000
346
535
(27)
(595)
259

Loss for the purposes of basic and diluted loss per share  
being net loss attributable to owners of the Company

Number of shares
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purposes  
of basic and diluted earnings per share

Loss per share

576,699,822

507,262,743

8.1p

5.5p

The above amounts relate to ITM Linde Electrolysis GmbH (ILE) which is incorporated in Germany, with registered office: 
Bodenbacher Str. 80, 01277 Dresden, Germany. Interest in ILE is split 50:50 with Linde Engineering GmbH, although control is 
deemed to lie with Linde for the purposes of consolidation as they appoint the Managing Director. ITM Power has significant 
influence in ILE due to its representation on the company’s board of directors.

The loss per ordinary share and diluted loss per share are equal because share options are only included in the calculation of diluted 
earnings per share if their issue would decrease the net profit per share. The number of potentially dilutive shares not included in 
the calculation above due to being anti-dilutive in the years presented were 45,064,658 (2021: 50,893,546).

The investment is therefore an equity-accounted investment in associate but will be subject to impairment review. In the current 
year, there were no triggers to warrant an impairment review. 

12. Investments in associates and joint ventures
A list of investments in subsidiaries, including the name, country of incorporation and proportion of ownership interest is given in 
Note 6 to the Company’s separate financial statements.

Investment in associates and joint ventures
ITM Linde Electrolysis GmbH (associate)
Motive Fuels Limited (joint venture)

2022
£000
60
1,602
1,662

2021
£000
259
–
259

Key financial data of ILE:

Non-current assets
Current assets
Current liabilities

Revenue
Loss from continuing operations 

2022
£000
11
6,553
(6,425)

2,397
(355)

2021
£000
14
3,145
(2,658)

1,018
(1,193)

Balance sheet figures were translated from euros using the year-end exchange rate of 1.18 (2021: 1.16). Revenue and loss figures 
were translated using an average exchange rate of 1.18 (2021: 1.12).

During the year, ITM Power continued to pay for the hosting of ILE’s website. ITM Power engaged ILE for consultancy work equating 
to £0.2 million, which was paid shortly after year end. Invoices for progress billings of £5.4 million were raised to ILE with £1.0 million 
outstanding at year end. Further cash injections are planned over the twelve months, equating to €750,000 by each party.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202213. Loan notes
ITM Power PLC and Vitol also each granted loan notes to Motive Fuels Limited. These are accruing interest at 1.5% above SONIA. 
Loans are granted for a period of 10 years without expectation of repayment for at least three full financial years. 

Loan notes

2022
£000
1,548

2021
£000
–

As the interest rate takes into account the time value of money but not the potential credit risk, a fair value adjustment has been 
made. The loan has also been subject to a provision for expected credit loss under IFRS 9 of £15,000.

Further cash injections are planned, equating to £30 million by each party over the next five years. These will be based on proposals 
being subject to approval by both parties for new hydrogen refuelling station development.

94

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Shareholder Information

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

12. Investments in associates and joint ventures continued
Below we provide information regarding the performance of the joint venture within the period:

Motive Fuels Limited
Cost 
Additions (fair value of net assets retained)
50% share of loss recognised in the period

2022
£000
–
1,434
168
1,602

The above amounts relate to Motive Fuels Limited (Motive) which is incorporated in the UK, with registered office: AMP Technology 
Centre, Brunel Way, Catcliffe, Rotherham, S60 5WG. Motive commenced trading from 1 May 2021 as a wholly-owned subsidiary. 
However, in March 2022, Vitol Holding SARL matched our shareholding in the entity and interest in Motive therefore became split 
50:50, with no single party having control. ITM Power has significant influence and joint control in Motive due to its equal 
representation on the company’s board of directors and rights to the net assets.

The investment is therefore treated as a joint venture that is equity-accounted and subject to impairment review. In the current 
year, there were no triggers to warrant an impairment review. 

Key financial data of Motive (income statement figures shown are for the period since the transaction with Vitol when Motive was 
trading as a joint venture): 

Non-current assets
Current assets
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities

Revenue
Profit from continuing operations 

30 April 2022
£000
1,112
7,864
(862)
(3,410)

22
334

The Group has also recognised a loss of £1.7 million on the deemed disposal of 50% of the net assets of the former subsidiary and 
including the cost of professional fees relating to the transaction.

ITM Power (Trading) Limited continues to pay for and recharge some of the overheads of Motive. This has resulted in charges of 
£183,000 in the period, all of which remained outstanding at the year end. It has also received payments from Motive’s customers 
(total £2,000) which have been shown as a liability (sitting within accruals) for repayment to Motive post-year end. 

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202295

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Shareholder Information

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

14. Intangible assets

Cost at 1 May 2020
Transfers
Additions
Grant received
Cost at 1 May 2021
Transfers
Additions
Grant received
Transferred to Motive Fuels Limited
Cost at 30 April 2022

Amortisation at 1 May 2020
Charge for the year
Amortisation at 1 May 2021
Charge for the year
Transferred to Motive Fuels Limited
Amortisation at 30 April 2022

Carrying amount at 30 April 2022
Carrying amount at 30 April 2021

Software 
£000
140
–
–
–
140
–
282
–
(55)

Know-how
£000
625
2,170
–
–
2,795
542
–
–
(231)

Development 
Costs
£000
1,832
(2,170)
1,524
(135)
1,051
(542)
6,754
(150)
–

Total
£000
2,597
–
1,524
(135)
3,986
–
7,036
(150)
(286)

367

3,106

7,113

10,586

42
46
88
89
(10)

167

200
52

401
228
629
760
(51)

1,338

1,768
2,166

–
–
–
–
–

–

7,113
1,051

443
274
717
849
(61)

1,505

9,081
3,269

The amortisation period for externally purchased software has been set at three years (in line with our policy for computer equipment). 

Development costs are generated internally by development of our stack technology, unit designs and processes. They are built up 
over a period of time but capitalisation ceases once the asset comes into use and is transferred to the Know-how category, where 
they will amortise over four years. 

15. Right of use assets

Cost at 1 May 2020
Additions
Disposals
Cost at 1 May 2021
Additions
Transferred to Motive Fuels Limited
Disposals
Cost at 30 April 2022

Depreciation at 1 May 2020
Charge for the year
Disposals
Depreciation at 1 May 2021
Foreign Exchange
Charge for the year
Transferred to Motive Fuels Limited
Disposals
Depreciation at 30 April 2022

During the year there was rapid development of our 3MEP 30bar designs as interest in the product grew. Besides the design of the 
electrolyser, more information about the performance of the core technology was gleaned from testing the prototype (£2.8 million 
capitalised).

Net book value at 30 April 2022
Net book value at 30 April 2021

Impairment considerations
Most of the development projects currently capitalised here, and being amortised, relate to technologies being used in our current 
sales and so remain relevant. Further capitalisations relate to continuing design work for standard products and advancements or 
efficiencies that should allow the Group to improve its offering and gain interest in new markets. 

Management considered the recoverability of its internally-generated intangible asset, using fair value less costs to sell based on an 
adjusted market capitalisation of the Group. Given that the assets held make up the intellectual property that is key to potential 
future revenue generation of the Group and are thus intrinsic to its valuation, no impairment was deemed necessary.

Leasehold 
Property
£000
7,072
544
(179)
7,437
896
(292)
(214)

7,827

608
698
(159)
1,147
–
637
(24)
(214)

1,546

6,281
6,290

Leased
 Vehicles
£000
94
52
(2)
144
122
–
(24)

242

Office 
Equipment
£000
–
48
–
48
8
–
–

56

38
45
(2)
81
(8)
65
–
(24)

114

128
63

–
2
–
2
–
9
–
–

11

45
46

Total
£000
7,166
644
(181)
7,629
1,026
(292)
(238)

8,125

646
745
(161)
1,230
(8)
711
(24)
(238)

1,671

6,454
6,399

The Group currently holds right of use assets in both the UK (four properties, 17 vehicles and office equipment at two sites) and 
Germany (three vehicles). 

Right of use assets are depreciated over their lease term. 

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202296

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Shareholder Information

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

16. Property, plant and equipment

Cost at 1 May 2020
Additions 
Grant income
Transfers
Disposals
Foreign Exchange
Cost at 1 May 2021
Additions 
Grant income
Transfer to Motive Fuels Limited
Disposals
Foreign Exchange
Cost at 30 April 2022

Depreciation at 1 May 2020
Disposals
Charge for the year
Impairment 
Foreign Exchange
Depreciation at 1 May 2021
Disposals
Charge for the year
Transfer to Motive Fuels Limited
Foreign Exchange
Depreciation at 30 April 2022

Net book value at 30 April 2022
Net book value at 30 April 2021

Production 
plant and 
equipment
£000
5,466
893
–
1,657
(437)
–
7,579
452
–
(3,311)
(393)
(1)

Laboratory
and test 
equipment
£000
1,993
309
–
–
(45)
–
2,257
423
–
–
(27)
–

Computer 
Equipment
£000
916
376
–
–
(9)
–
1,283
500
–
(35)
(322)
(1)

Office 
furniture and 
fittings
£000
213
244
–
–
(135)
–
322
217
–
(23)
–
–

Leasehold 
improvements
£000
7,585
7,463
–
–
(1,534)
–
13,514
692
–
–
(1,089)
(1)

Assets in the 
course of 
construction
£000
5,845
5,140
(3,857)
(1,657)
–
(84)
5,387
1,956
–
(4,021)
(1,675)
–

4,326

2,653

1,425

516

13,116

1,647

 4,997
(268)
325
841
(1)
5,894
(393)
277
(3,311)
1

2,468

1,858
1,685

1,674
(44)
191
–
–
1,821
(27)
120
–
–

1,914

739
436

747
(5)
140
–
–
882
(322)
283
(4)
1

840

585
401

197
(126)
39
–
–
110
–
35
–
–

145

371
212

3,507
(1,533)
881
–
–
2,855
(1,089)
913
–
–

2,679

4,394
–
–
872
–
5,266
(1,675)
–
(3,591)
–

–

10,437
10,659

1,647
121

15,637
13,514

Total
£000
22,018
14,425
(3,857)
–
(2,160)
(84)
30,342
4,240
–
(7,390)
(3,506)
(3)

23,683

15,516
(1,976)
1,576
1,713
(1)
16,828
(3,506)
1,628
(6,906)
2

8,046

17. Inventories

Raw Materials
Work in progress

2022
£000
24,311
7,887
32,198

2021
£000
3,879
2,539
6,418

Inventories have been stated after a provision for impairment of aged-stock of £2.7 million (2021: £1.3 million). Stocks have 
increased as we have ramped up production to meet demand and have taken on new sales contracts that refocus the business as a 
manufacturer.

18. Contract balances and performance obligations
Contract revenue recognised through release from deferred income was £3.2 million (2021: £1.5 million).

Contracts with customers in progress at the balance sheet date
Amounts due from contract customers included in trade and other receivables
Contract assets (accrued income)
Contract liabilities (deferred income)
Balance sheet position of sales contracts

2022
£000
2,897
1,189
(17,258)
(13,172)

2021
£000
5,727
873
(6,740)
(140)

The contract position will change according to the number or size of contracts in progress at the year end as well as the status of 
payment milestones towards those contracts. The Group will continue to structure payment milestones to cover the up-front costs 
of materials for cash flow purposes. The variance between these and the performance obligations for revenue recognition under 
IFRS 15 (typically acceptance of the product by the customer –at factory or at site – for all standard products), will cause increasing 
values to remain in deferred income for longer as the Group move away from bespoke projects.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202297

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Shareholder Information

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

19. Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables are measured at amortised cost. Their ageing is analysed as follows:

Amount receivable for the sale of goods
Amounts due from contract customers (Note 18)
Impairment for credit risk
Total trade receivables
Restricted cash balances
Other receivables
Forward contracts
R&D relief claims receivable
Prepayments
Amounts recoverable from employees 
Accrued sales income
Accrued grant income

2022

£000
638
2,897
(60)

£000

3,475
297
2,459
127
426
11,972
2,186
1,189
3,411
25,542

2021

£000
100
5,432
(59)

£000

5,473
1,050
503
–
550
6,526
3,183
873
4,823
22,981

Prepayments include amounts paid up-front by way of pro forma and stage payments to suppliers for the long-lead time items 
required on our build projects.

Less than 30 days
31-60 days
61-90 days
Greater than 91 days

Movement in expected credit loss
Brought forward balance at 1 May
Impairment losses recognised
Movement on credit risk provision
Balance at 30 April

2022
£000
2,066
243
–
1,226
3,535

2022
£000
59
17
(16)
60

2021
£000
4,955
220
245
112
5,532

2021
£000
62
–
(3)
59

Our payment terms with customers are generally 30 to 60 days so items falling beyond those terms are chased up and monitored 
for potential default. A specific bad debt provision may arise.

The movement on the doubtful debts provision in the year related the IFRS 9 credit risk provision that recognises a potential loss of 
1% on the company’s trade debtor and accrued sales income balances. 

Amounts recoverable from employees relates to the Employer’s NIC on share options where, under the terms of the offer, staff will 
cover this cost upon exercise.

20. Cash and cash equivalents

Other receivables represent indirect taxes reclaimable by the Group.

Restricted cash balances refer to monies received from customers that are currently sat on bank guarantee until specific 
performance milestones are met on product sales contracts.

Cash and cash equivalents

2022
£000
365,882

2021
£000
176,078

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash and short-term bank deposits with an original maturity of three months or less. The 
Directors consider that the carrying amount of these assets approximates to their fair value. Cash has increased since the previous 
year end due to the fund raise that took place in November 2021.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202298

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Shareholder Information

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

21. Trade and other payables

22. Provisions

Trade payables
Other taxation and social security
Forward contracts
Accruals
Deferred Sales income
Deferred Grant income
Grant income received against pro forma

2022
£000
8,716
726
–
3,323
17,258
3,752
521
34,296

2021
£000
1,191
511
8
2,112
6,740
1,751
544
12,857

The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other payables approximates to their fair value.

As discussed in Note 18, the increase in deferred sales income is due to the move away from bespoke projects where revenue is 
recognised over time, to standard products with revenue recognition at point in time.

Overall, grant projects have reduced in number and deferred income against pro formas continues to reduce as those ongoing 
projects reach their conclusion.

Balance at 1 May 2020
Provision created in the year
Use of the provision
Release in the year
Balance at 1 May 2021
Provision created in the year
Use of the provision
Release in the year

Balance at 30 April 2022

Leasehold 
Property 
Provision 
£000
(750)
(584)
140
170
(1,024)
(36)
206
–

Provision 
for contract 
losses
£000
(3,645)
(2,574)
1,399
–
(4,820)
(15,052)
7,379
–

Warranty 
£000
(848)
(210)
252
9
(797)
(2,163)
18
4

Employers’ 
National 
Insurance 
Provision
£000
(1,647)
(3,871)
560
–
(4,958)
–
–
805

Other 
Provisions
£000
–
(677)
–
–
(677)
(1,330)
509
168

Total 
Provisions
£000
(6,890)
(7,916)
2,351
179
(12,276)
(18,581)
8,112
977

(854)

(2,938)

(12,493)

(1,330)

(4,153)

(21,768)

In the balance sheet:
Expected within 12 months (current)
Expected after 12 months (non-current)

–
(854)

(1,145)
(1,793)

(9,453)
(3,040)

(456)
(874)

(4,153)
–

(15,207)
(6,561)

The leasehold property provision represents management’s best estimate for the dilapidations work that may be required to return 
our leased buildings to the landlords at the end of the lease term. During the year we vacated another property. In the prior year we 
recognised a dilapidations provision for Bessemer Park at a discounted value. This is for the present value of the cost of works 
quoted by our Employers Agent for stripping the work back to the original condition at handover from the landlords. The 
discounting has started amortising in the current year and will continue over the remaining 13 years of the lease. 

The warranty provision represents management’s best estimate of the Group’s liability under warranties granted on products, 
based on historical knowledge of the products and their components. As with any product warranty, there is an inherent 
uncertainty around the likelihood and timing of a fault occurring that would trigger further work or part replacement. Warranties 
are usually granted for a period of one year, although two-year warranties are the standard within some jurisdictions.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 202299

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Shareholder Information

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

22. Provisions continued
Included within warranties is the cost of extensive refurbishment of a system due to extreme weather conditions. The effect of 
removing this one unit from the provision would be:

23. Lease liabilities
The following table describes the types of right of use asset owned by the Group and shows the movements on lease liabilities 
within the year:

Balance at 1 May 2020
Provision created in the year
Use of the provision
Release in the year
Balance at 1 May 2021
Provision created in the year
Use of the provision
Release in the year

Balance at 30 April 2022

Warranty
£000
(455)
(210)
20
9
(636)
(1,965)
18
4

(2,579)

The provision for contract losses is created when it becomes known that a commercial contract has become onerous. Project 
Managers provide rolling spend forecasts, updating these as quotes are obtained. The provision is therefore based on best 
estimates and information known at the time to ensure the expected losses are recognised immediately through profit and loss. 
This provision will be used to offset the costs of the project as it reaches completion in future periods.

Provision is also made at the point when project forecasts suggest that the contractual clauses for liquidated damages might be 
triggered. The other provisions category relates to potential liquidated damages for overruns on contracts with customers. In the 
prior year there was also a provision for contractual breach by a supplier. However, an agreement was reached in the current year 
and the payment plan has been adhered to.

There is a provision for Employer’s NIC due on share options as they exercise (see share-based payment Note 25). 

2022
Brought forward at 1 May 2021
Adjustments
Additions
Transferred to Motive Fuels Limited
Interest applied
Payments made
At 30 April 2022

Split:
Within 1 year
2-5 years (inclusive)
Over 5 years
Less: 
Future finance charges
Present value of lease obligations

In the balance sheet:
Due within 12 months (current)
Due after 12 months (non-current)

Leasehold 
Property
£000

Office 
Equipment
£000

Motor 
Vehicles
£000

6,388
303
597
(298)
483
(467)
7,006

911
3,660
5,913

(3,478)
7,006

564
6,442

44
–
8
–
3
(11)
44

12
38
–

(6)
44

10
34

54
(2)
123
–
5
(82)
98

56
47
–

(5)
98

52
46

Total  
£000

6,486
301
728
(298)
491
(560)
7,148

979
3,745
5,913

(3,489)
7,148

626
6,522

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 2022100

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Shareholder Information

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

23. Lease liabilities continued

2021
Brought forward at 1 May 2020
Adjustments
Additions
Interest applied
Payments made
At 30 April 2021

Split:
Within 1 year
2-5 years (inclusive)
Over 5 years
Less: 
Future finance charges
Present value of lease obligations

In the balance sheet:
Due within 12 months (current)
Due after 12 months (non-current)

24. Called up share capital and reserves

Called up, allotted and fully paid: (ordinary shares of 5p each)
At 1 May 2021
Fund raise November 2021

At 30 April 2022

Number of shares
550,658,155
62,500,000

613,158,155

£000
27,533
3,125

30,658

Holders of ordinary shares have voting rights at General Meetings in proportion with their shareholding.

The share premium account represents the amount paid in excess of the nominal value when shares are issued.

The merger reserve arose on the acquisition of ITM Power (Research) Limited in 2004.

The foreign exchange reserve arises upon consolidation of the foreign subsidiaries in the Group, and accounts for the difference 
created by translation of the income statement at average rate compared with the year-end rate used on the balance sheet as well 
as the effect of the change in exchange rates on opening and closing balances.

The Group’s other reserve is retained earnings which represents cumulative profits or losses, net of any dividends paid and 
other adjustments.

Leasehold 
Property
£000
6,492
15
–
454
(573)
6,388

Office 
Equipment
£000
–
–
48
–
(4)
44

Motor 
Vehicles
£000
34
1
52
1
(34)
54

430
3,169
6,711

(3,922)
6,388

168
6,220

11
41
–

(8)
44

8
36

30
27
–

(3)
54

28
26

Total  
£000
6,526
16
100
455
(611)
6,486

471
3,237
6,711

(3,933)
6,486

204
6,282

Adjustments refers to foreign exchange movements and contracts that have changed their length of duration or their value during 
the year, e.g. following a rent review or a change in decision regarding potential break clauses. In the current year, the latter situation 
arose at one of the properties where we had previously intended it to be a stop-gap measure so had only recognised up to the break 
clause but have since decided to continue in residence. 

The interest charge appears with other interest at the bottom of the income statement and is the only value described above that 
affects profit or loss. Each liability is matched by a corresponding right of use asset, upon which depreciation is also charged to the 
income statement (see Note 15). The two amounts together replace the previous accounting treatment of expensing rentals 
payments. 

Total lease payments for capitalised leases and short-term leases was £816,000 (2021: £762,000).

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 2022101

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Shareholder Information

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

25. Share-based payments
The Group operates a number of share schemes to provide employees and third parties with the opportunity to acquire a 
proprietary interest in the Group as an incentive to attract and retain their services as follows:
 – An all-employee Share Incentive Plan (referred to as the Buy As You Earn or BAYE scheme);
 – An Enterprise Management Incentive (EMI) and Unapproved Share Option Plan, under which Group employees can be granted 

share options; and

 – A Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) under which Group employees can be granted share options or conditional share awards.

Share Incentive Plan
In FY21, the Company implemented a new Share Incentive Plan (the BAYE scheme), which is available to all eligible UK Group 
employees. Employees can contribute up to £150 per month to acquire partnership shares, which are purchased or allotted 
monthly. The Group currently matches employee contributions, awarding matching shares on a one-for-one basis.

At 30 April 2022 the trustees of the SIP held 102,139 ordinary shares in ITM Power PLC, of which 99,122 have been conditionally 
awarded to employees and 3,017 remain unallocated.

The Group recognised a charge of £161,000 in relation to this scheme in 2022 (2021: £75,000).

EMI and Unapproved Share Option Plan and LTIP 
In 2010 the Company introduced an EMI and Unapproved Share Option Plan to be applied to subsequent issues of share options. 
Under the scheme rules the exercise price is deemed to be the mid-market price of shares on the London Stock Exchange AIM 
market at the close of trading on the day before the grant of the share options. Share options vest over a period of three to five 
years and are exercisable up to the tenth anniversary of the grant. The last of the EMI share options were exercised in the prior 
financial year. As a general rule, unexercised awards granted to participants who leave employment, both pre- and post-vesting, 
will be forfeited. In the event a participant leaves as a result of a qualifying reason, they retain vested but unexercised share options 
but forfeit unvested share options.

The EMI and Unapproved Share Option Plan was replaced by a Long Term Incentive Plan in 2020. The exercise price for awards 
granted to date has been set at the nominal value for shares. Share options vest, subject to the achievement of performance 
conditions set at grant, over a period of 3 years and are exercisable up to the tenth anniversary of the grant. As a general rule, 
awards granted to participants who leave employment prior to vesting will be forfeited. In the event a participant leaves as a result 
of a qualifying reason, they receive a pro rata entitlement.

A more comprehensive description of the different schemes can be found within the Remuneration Report.

Movements within the year on the share option plans (including the EMI, unapproved and LTIP options) were as follows:

Outstanding at the beginning of the year 
Granted during the year
Exercised during the year
Expired during the year
Outstanding at the end of the year
Exercisable at the end of the year

2022

2021

Weighted
average
exercise
price
27p
5p
–
5p
24p
30p

Number
10,486,500
1,275,172
(4,183,333)
(76,485)
7,501,854
3,333,333

Weighted
average
exercise
price
36p
5p
44p
5p
27p
30p

Number
7,501,854
1,431,837
–
(323,571)
8,610,120
5,666,667

The options outstanding at 30 April 2022 had a weighted average exercise price of 24p and a weighted average remaining 
contractual life of four years.

The fair value of options issued in the current year was measured using a combination of the Monte Carlo options pricing model and 
the Black Scholes model as options were split 60% based on total shareholder return (TSR) performance conditions and 40% based 
on non-market performance conditions. This is a change from our previous measures as options issued in the prior year were 
measured using the Monte Carlo option alone (as awards granted in the prior year were subject solely to a TSR performance 
condition) and prior to that all options were measured using the Black Scholes model. Wherever share options include a TSR 
performance condition, IFRS 2 requires the use of a model that can take into account the likelihood of the performance condition 
being achieved (hence the use of the Monte Carlo model) but for non-market-based performance conditions, the Black Scholes 
model suffices. 

The assumptions used in the models are as follows:

Weighted averages
Share price
Exercise price
Expected volatility
Expected life
Risk-free rate

2022
385.4p
5p
89.5%
3 years
0.5%

2021
256p
5p
84.7%
3 years
-0.06%

The expected life used in the model has been adjusted, based on management’s best estimate, for the effects of non-transferability, 
exercise restrictions, and behavioural considerations. Expected volatility was determined by calculating the historical volatility of 
the Company’s shares over a period in line with the expected term of the options. The expected dividend impact used is 0% as 
participants are entitled to dividend equivalents in respect of any dividends paid over the vesting period.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 2022102

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Shareholder Information

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

25. Share-based payments continued
The Group has recognised a share-based payment expense in the income statement for the year, made up of three elements:

27. Net cash reconciliation

Net debt as at 1 May 2020
Adjusted
Cash flows
Acquisition – leases
Other changes – Interest expense
Net (debt)/cash as at 1 May 2021
Adjusted
Cash flows
Acquisition – leases
Other changes – interest expense
Net(debt)/cash as at 30 April 2022

Share-based payment expense (as seen through equity)
Purchase of partnership shares under the BAYE scheme
Provision for Employers’ NIC on potential gain

2022
£000
1,071
200
161
1,432

2021
£000
595
75
129
799

For options granted prior to 2020, the Group has elected to pay Employer’s NIC on gains made on unapproved share options 
exercise, to be capped at the proceeds the Group would receive from the exercise. Any further Employer’s NIC would be recovered 
from the exercising party. For options granted from 2020, the Group have agreed to transfer the full Employer’s NIC liability to the 
employee share option holders.

26. Notes to the cash flow statement

Loss from operations 
Adjustments:
Depreciation
Share-based payment
Foreign exchange on intercompany transactions
Fair value adjustment and expected credit loss on loan notes
Loss on disposal
Impairment 
Amortisation 
Operating cash flows before movements in working capital
(Increase) in inventories
(Increase)/decrease in receivables
Increase/(decrease) in payables
Increase in provisions
Cash used in operations
Interest paid
Income taxes (paid)/received
Net cash used in operating activities

2022
£000
(44,736)

2,340
1,071
(43)
359
–
–
849
(40,160)
(25,780)
(2,550)
21,437
9,492
(37,561)
(532)
(62)
(38,155)

2021
£000
(26,657)

2,321
595
–
–
173
1,712
274
(21,582)
(1,987)
185
(1,156)
4,857
(19,683)
(479)
21
(20,141)

Lease 
Liabilities
£000
(6,526)
(16)
611
(100)
(455)
(6,486)
(302)
552
(436)
(476)

Cash
£000
39,919
–
136,181
–
(22)
176,078
–
189,897
–
(93)

Total
£000
33,393
(16)
136,792
(100)
(477)
169,592
(302)
190,449
(436)
(569)

(7,148)

365,882

358,734

28. Capital commitments
The Group had capital commitments of £0.6 million at the balance sheet date (2021: £1.1 million). There was also a further 
£1.9 million of costs to complete refuelling station equipment promised to Motive as part of the shareholders agreement for the 
joint venture.

29. Contingent liability
Receipt of government grants
The Group participates in a number of grant funded projects. Income is recognised in the accounts as receivable based on the grant 
contract and the levels of expenditure incurred on the project. It is claimed periodically according to a timetable laid down by each 
coordinator. The claims are audited before any money is awarded. However, grants are ultimately funded by government or EU 
institutions and can be subject to further scrutiny at later dates. This leaves grant income in the accounts subject to potential recall.

Management do not know which grants will be subject to such audit nor the time that they are likely to arise and as such would be 
unable to quantify the potential financial impact of any subsequent recall of funds. To the best of their knowledge, claims are made 
for expenditure agreed ahead of any project undertaking and in accordance with grant procedure. 

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 2022103

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Shareholder Information

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

30. Financial instruments
Capital risk management
The current capital risk management objective is to ensure that the existing pipeline continues to be delivered in line with cash 
management expectations. 

The Group manages cash balances in Australian and US dollars, euros and pound sterling, with natural hedges occurring for most 
transactions. The Group keeps under review the need for other hedging opportunities with regards to Capital Risk Management.

The capital risk management landscape has not materially changed in the last year for the Group. Larger cash reserves gained 
through the fund raise have led management to put some of the funds on fixed-term deposit to generate interest. The funds have 
also been split between different banking institutions. Given the COVID-19 situation and the increasing volumes of raw materials 
and stock required to fulfil our contracts, more frequent credit checks have been performed and bank guarantees sought from 
some suppliers where up-front payments were made.

Externally imposed capital requirement
During the year the Group was not required to comply with any externally imposed capital requirements.

Categories of financial instruments

Financial assets – amortised cost
Financial asset at amortised cost
Long-term loan notes
Trade receivables (excluding IFRS 9 impairment) 
Restricted cash balances
Other receivables
Accrued Sales income
Accrued Grant income

2022
£000
161
1,548
3,534
297
2,459
1,189
3,411
12,599

2021
£000
148
–
5,532
1,050
455
541
4,823
12,549

Both the loan notes and the financial asset at amortised cost sit under non-current assets in the balance sheet. The latter relates to 
the security deposit on our leasehold property at Bessemer Park. The rest of the Group’s financial assets consist of cash and 
receivables that are largely due from large organisations with a strong credit history. Accrued income amounts are included as 
financial assets as they relate to contractual agreements that will result in future cash inflows. ITM Power PLC do not consider there 
to be undue risk associated with receivables.

Financial liabilities – amortised cost
Trade payables
Accruals
Lease liabilities

2022
£000
8,716
3,322
7,148
19,186

2021
£000
1,191
2,112
6,486
9,789

The following tables detail the Group’s remaining contractual maturity for its non-derivative financial liabilities with agreed 
repayment periods. The tables have been drawn up based on the undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities based on the 
earliest date on which the Group can be required to pay.

2022
Trade and other payables
Lease liabilities

2021
Trade and other payables
Lease liabilities

Within 
1 year
£000
12,038
979
13,017

Within 
1 year
£000
3,303
473
3,776

2-5 years 
(inclusive)
£000
–
3,745
3,745

2-5 years 
(inclusive)
£000
–
3,236
3,236

Over
5 years
£000
–
5,913
5,913

Over
5 years
£000
–
6,711
6,711

Total net 
payable
£000
12,038
10,637
22,675

Total net 
payable
£000
3,303
10,420
13,723

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 2022104

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Shareholder Information

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

30. Financial instruments continued
Fair value through profit and loss
In both years, the Group held foreign currency forward contracts that were measured at fair value through profit or loss. The figures 
shown in Notes 19 and 21 represent the difference between their contract value and the exchange rates at the balance sheet date. 
These financial instruments would sit within Level 2 of a fair value hierarchy, being derived from other inputs – other than quoted 
prices in active markets – that are observable. However, as they are the only financial instruments measured at fair value, no fair 
value hierarchy table has been presented.

The carrying value of all other financial instruments at 30 April 2022 and 30 April 2021 approximated to their fair value. 

Financial risk management objectives and policies
The Group’s finance function monitors and manages the financial risks relating to the operations of the Group. The Group’s activities 
expose it primarily to the financial risks of changes in interest rates.

The Group also receives and spends money in different currencies. Significantly, contracts are often in the currency of the customer. 
As such, the Group has exposure to foreign exchange variation. This is naturally hedged where possible by paying for supplies in the 
currencies in which they are invoiced, but this does not eliminate exposure. Management look to use forward contracts as a means 
of mitigating exposure to exchange rate volatility on long-term contracts.

The Group seeks to minimise the effects of these risks. The Group’s policies approved by the Board of Directors provide written 
principles on interest rate risk and the investment of excess liquidity. Compliance with policies and exposure limits is reviewed on a 
continuous basis. 

The treasury activities are reported to the Group’s Board as required.

Credit risk management
Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the Group. The 
Group has adopted a policy of only dealing with creditworthy counterparties. Sales invoices are expected to be paid within 30 to 60 
days under our usual contractual terms. At the year end, there were receivables totalling £1.0 million (2021: £0.4 million) that were 
overdue but considered fully recoverable. Most of our sales income is subject to contractual terms and therefore largely protected 
from default. 

The credit risk of liquid funds (cash, cash equivalents and short-term deposits) is limited because the counterparties are banks with 
high credit ratings assigned by international credit-rating agencies. 

Liquidity and interest risk management
The Group is exposed to the interest rate risks associated with its holdings of cash and cash equivalents and short-term deposits. 

Ultimate responsibility for liquidity risk management rests with the Board of Directors, which regularly monitors the Group’s short, 
medium and long-term funding, and liquidity management requirements. The Group manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate 
reserves and banking facilities, by continuously monitoring forecast and actual cash flows and matching the maturity profiles of 
financial assets and liabilities.

Foreign currency risk management
At year end, the Group did not hedge its exposure of foreign investments held in foreign currencies.

The table below shows the Group’s currency exposure at year end. Such exposure comprises the monetary assets and monetary 
liabilities that are not denominated in the functional currency of the operating unit involved. The Group’s exposure to currency risk 
predominately arises on trade (transactions with both suppliers and customers) in a variety of locations and denominated in 
currencies other than the functional currency of the operating unit excluding intercompany balances. 

These exposures were as follows:

EUR
USD
SEK
AUD

(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)

Liabilities

Assets

2022
£000
46
268
33
–
347

2021
£000
1,504
32
–
9
1,545

2022
£000
1,961
8
–
307
2,276

2021
£000
4,175
596
–
285
5,056

(i)  This is mainly attributable to the exposure to outstanding Euro to Pound Sterling receivables and payables in the Group at the 

balance sheet date.

(ii)  This is mainly attributable to the exposure to outstanding US Dollar to Pound Sterling receivables and payables at the balance 

sheet date.

(iii)  This is mainly attributable to the exposure to outstanding Swedish Krona to Pound Sterling receivables and payables at the 

balance sheet date.

(iv)  This is mainly attributable to the exposure to outstanding Australian Dollar to Pound Sterling receivables and payables at the 

balance sheet date.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 2022105

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Shareholder Information

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

30. Financial instruments continued
Foreign currency sensitivity analysis
The table below assumes an increase/decrease of 10% change of the Euro to Pound Sterling exchange, the US Dollar to Pound 
Sterling exchange rate and the Australian Dollar to Pound Sterling exchange rate. 

The sensitivity analysis is based on the subsidiaries’ profit or loss for the year.

Profit or loss

EURO impact
2022
£000
78

2021
£000
70

USD impact
2022
£000
42

2021
£000
61

AUD impact
2022
£000
62

2021
£000
37

If interest rates had been 1% higher/lower and all other variables had remained constant, loss for the year would have decreased/
increased by £181,000 (2021: £168,000).

The Group’s financial liabilities consist of trade and other payables as shown on the balance sheet. No interest is paid on these 
balances and all amounts are due within three months.

Fair value of financial instruments
Carrying amounts of financial instruments are a reasonable approximation of the fair values of those instruments.

31. Transactions with related parties
Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation and are 
not disclosed in this note. All related party transactions which were not intra-group have been conducted at arms’ length.

Tom Rae Consulting Limited, owned by director Tom Rae who was a Non-Executive Director of the Company during the financial 
year, has been engaged to carry out consultancy work equating to £2,000 in the current year. This was fully paid by year end.

During the year, purchases from Linde/BOC Group, represented on the Board by J Nowicki, totalled £0.5 million (2021: £3.5 million) 
with £114,000 outstanding for payment at year end (2021: £256,000). Furthermore, an amount of £0.6 million relates to stage 
payments made for goods but not yet received. There were also milestone billings on sales contracts of £7.0 million (2021: £0.4 
million) with £1.7 million remaining outstanding at year end (2021: only £13,684).

Balances and transactions with ILE and Motive are discussed in Note 12 Investments. 

The remuneration of the directors and key management personnel of the Group is shown in Note 8.

32. Controlling party
As at the date of these accounts neither the Directors together, nor any individual shareholder, owned more than 50% of the issued 
share capital of the Company and hence, in the opinion of the Directors, there is no controlling party at this date.

33. Events after the balance sheet date
After the balance sheet date, the Group announced that ITM Power had been awarded a contract by BEIS, under its Net Zero 
Innovation Portfolio Low Carbon Hydrogen Supply 2 Competition to accelerate the commercial deployment of the 5 MW Gigastack 
platform and its manufacture. The award for the Gigatest project is for £9.3 million and follows initial designs developed through 
previous BEIS funding competitions. The award is expected to be spread over a three-year period and is also expected to be 
back-end loaded.

In addition, at the time of the trading update in June, we announced the development of ITM Power Service, an aftermarket focused 
customer support business based in Germany designed to provide full product life cycle support of deployed electrolyser systems. 
All existing aftermarket operations, including the Group’s 24/7 UK Remote Support Centre, will be merged into one focused 
organisation with new headquarters in Linden in Germany.

In September 2022, we reviewed our plans to open a second UK factory at Aviation Park, given the current business climate and 
general cost escalation. Our ambitions remain as strong as ever, but we need to be nimble and flexible, and we want to ensure 
investment decisions are correct and right for the business and considered fully before capital is committed. In the near-term 
extending the total capacity at Bessemer Park up to 1.5 GW is a better use of capital with commensurately improved near-medium 
term cash flows.

In September 2022 Dr Graham Cooley decided to step aside from his position as CEO of the Company after 13 years in post. 
The Company has commenced a process to select a new CEO. Dr Cooley will remain in position until a successor is appointed, 
and thereafter assume a senior strategic role in the Company, reporting to the Chairman and the new CEO.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 2022106

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Shareholder Information

Company Statement of Changes in Equity

At 1 May 2020

Transactions with owners
Issue of shares
Credit to equity for share-based payment

Total transactions with owners

Profit for the year and comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

At 1 May 2021

Transactions with owners
Issue of shares
Credit to equity for share-based payment

Total transactions with owners

Loss for the year and comprehensive loss
Total comprehensive loss
At 30 April 2022

Retained losses have been restated for a prior year adjustment to reverse the impairment on an investment (see Note 6).

Called up 
share 
capital
£000
23,664

3,869
–

3,869

–

–

Share 
premium 
account
£000
137,236

165,012
–

165,012

–

–

Retained 
loss
RESTATED
£000
(74,480)

–
595

595

7,515

7,515

Total 
equity
RESTATED
£000
86,420

168,881
595

169,476

7,515

7,515

27,533

302,248

(66,370)

263,411

3,125
–

3,125

–
–

240,075
–

240,075

–
1,070

1,070

243,200
1,070

244,270

–
–

(5,621)
(5,621)

(5,621)
(5,621)

30,658

542,323

(70,921)

502,060

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 2022107

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Shareholder Information

Company Balance Sheet

Fixed assets
Tangible assets
Intangible assets
Investments
Loan notes

Current assets
Debtors
Cash at bank and in hand

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year
Trade and other payables
Provisions

Net current assets 

Net assets

Capital and reserves
Called up share capital
Share premium account
Retained loss

Shareholders’ funds

The Company reported a loss for the financial year ended 30 April 2022 of £5.6 million (2021: a restated profit of £7.5 million).

The financial statements of ITM Power PLC, registered number 05059407, were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue 14 September 2022.

Signed on behalf of the Board of Directors

Andy Allen
Director

Note

4
5
6
6

7

8
9

10
10
10

2022 

£000

21
12
162,563
1,548
164,144

1,479
340,409
341,888

(1,704)
(2,268)
(3,972)

2021
RESTATED 
£000

8
8
112,252
–
112,268

2,117
152,556
154,673

(611)
(2,919)
(3,530)

337,916

151,143

502,060

263,411

30,658
542,323
(70,921)
502,060

27,533
302,248
(66,370)
263,411

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 2022108

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Shareholder Information

Notes to the Company Financial Statements

1. Significant accounting policies
Basis of preparation
The separate financial statements of the Company are presented as required by the Companies Act 2006.

Investments
Balances are stated at cost less a provision for any permanent impairment in value. 

The Company meets the definition of a qualifying entity under FRS 100 (Financial Reporting Standard 100) issued by the Financial 
Reporting Council. Accordingly, financial statements have been prepared in accordance with FRS 101 (Financial Reporting Standard 
101) ‘reduced disclosure framework’ as issued by the Financial Reporting Council.

As permitted by FRS 101, the Company has taken advantage of the disclosure exemptions available under that standard in relation 
to share-based payments, financial instruments, capital management, presentation of comparative information in respect of 
non-current assets, presentation of a cash flow statement and certain related party transactions. 

Where required, equivalent disclosures are given in the consolidated financial statements.

In accordance with s408 of the Companies Act 2006, the Company has taken the exemption from presenting the parent company’s 
individual profit and loss account.

The financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for the re-measurement of certain financial 
instruments to fair value. The principal accounting policies adopted are the same as those set out in Note 3 to the consolidated 
financial statements except as noted below.

Tangible fixed assets
Tangible fixed assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any recognised impairment loss. Depreciation is charged 
so as to write off the cost, over an estimated useful life of three years, using the straight-line method. The gain or loss arising on the 
disposal or retirement of an asset is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset 
and is recognised in income.

Intangible assets – software
Software purchased from external companies has been recognised at cost under the heading of intangible assets. Amortisation is 
charged so as to write off the cost of assets over an estimated useful life of three years using the straight-line method and is 
recognised in income.

Investments are considered for any potential impairment under the IAS 36 impairment of assets. Given that the subsidiaries 
are in the early stages of commercial trade and that the Company continues to support its subsidiaries as they build up trade, 
all investments have been compared with their net asset value and where that does not provide any immediate prospect 
of repayment, especially if assets are not sufficiently liquid, investment values are impaired down to nil value. 

The Company previously invested in ILE, which is owned equally by both investors (50% shares), although control is deemed to lie 
with Linde for the purposes of consolidation as they appoint the managing director, who also has the casting vote at meetings of the 
ILE board of directors. ITM Power has significant influence due its representation on the board. As such, ITM Power accounts for this 
investment in associate using the equity method. This means that the investment is originally recognised at cost, with subsequent 
movements to reflect ITM Power’s share of the profit or loss after the date of acquisition. This share of the profit or loss is 
recognised in ITM Power’s profit or loss. Should any adjustments be necessary for changes in proportionate interest arising from 
changes in ILE’s other comprehensive income, ITM Power’s share of those changes would be recognised in the other comprehensive 
income. Any distributions received will reduce the carrying amount of the investment. 

The Company holds 50% of the share capital of Motive since a partnership deal was signed with Vitol. There is no outright control by 
either party but ITM Power still has significant influence due to its representation on the board. As such, ITM Power accounts for 
this joint venture using the equity method. This means that the investment is originally recognised at cost, with subsequent 
movements to reflect ITM Power’s share of the profit or loss after the date of acquisition. This share of the profit or loss is 
recognised in ITM Power’s profit or loss. Should any adjustments be necessary for changes in proportionate interest arising from 
changes in Motive’s other comprehensive income, ITM Power’s share of those changes would be recognised in the other 
comprehensive income. Any distributions received will reduce the carrying amount of the investment. 

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 2022109

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Shareholder Information

Notes to the Company Financial Statements continued

1. Significant accounting policies continued
Financial instruments
Financial assets are recognised in the Company’s balance sheet when the Company becomes party to the contractual provisions of 
the instrument. They are initially measured at fair value plus, in the case of financial assets not at fair value through profit or loss, 
transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at 
fair value through profit or loss are expensed in profit or loss. Subsequent measurement of financial assets depends on the Group’s 
business model for managing the asset and the cash flow characteristics of the asset. There are three measurement categories of 
which the Group holds financial instruments in two:

Amortised cost
Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent solely payments of principal and 
interest are measured at amortised cost. A gain or loss on a debt investment that is subsequently measured at amortised cost and is 
not part of a hedging relationship is recognised in profit or loss when the asset is derecognised or impaired. Interest income from 
these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective interest rate method.

Fair value through profit or loss
Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortised cost or Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income (FVOCI) are measured at 
fair value through profit or loss. A gain or loss on a debt investment that is subsequently measured at fair value through profit or loss 
and is not part of a hedging relationship is recognised in profit or loss and presented net in the profit or loss statement within other 
gains/(losses) in the period in which it arises. Interest received from these financial assets is included in investment income.

2. Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty
The Directors are required to make judgements, estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that 
are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and 
other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in 
the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future periods 
if the revision affects both current and future periods. There were no critical judgements that the Directors have made in the 
process of applying the Company’s accounting policies.

Key sources of estimation uncertainty
Recoverability of investment
The Company tests the net recoverable amounts of assets annually for impairment, or more frequently if there are indicators of 
impairment. During the year, management considered the recoverability of its investment in subsidiary companies, which are 
disclosed in Note 6. The subsidiaries continue to trade, but currently are trading at a loss, which is seen as temporary by 
management. Under IFRS 9 Financial Instruments, most of the intercompany loans or subsidiary investments have been impaired to 
nil. With a net asset position at the year end and its contribution to the valuable intellectual property of the Group together with the 
interest that that generates for revenue opportunities, the investment in ITM Power (Trading) Limited was not impaired. Any 
previous impairment relating to this entity has been reversed. Both the associate investment in ILE and the joint venture with 
Motive were also left un-impaired. 

Impairment
The Group assesses, on a forward-looking basis, the expected credit losses associated with its assets carried at amortised cost. The 
impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk in trade receivables and 
contract assets (accrued sales income). For trade receivables only, the company applies the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, 
which requires expected lifetime losses to be recognised from initial recognition of the receivables. An analysis of historical default 
amongst our trade debtors was conducted and showed that less than 1% of sales over several years have resulted in default. The 
Group continue to trade with large entities with good credit scores but trading data is monitored annually to ensure that there are 
no significant changes to this percentage.

Share option charges
Equity-settled share-based payments to employees and others providing similar services are measured at the fair value of the equity 
instruments at the grant date. The fair value excludes the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions. Details regarding the 
determination of the fair value of equity-settled share-based transactions are set out in Note 24 of the Group financial statements.

The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based payments is expensed on a straight-line basis over the 
vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate of equity instruments that will eventually vest (other than for market-based 
performance conditions). At each balance sheet date, the Group revises its estimate of the number of equity instruments expected 
to vest as a result of the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions. The impact of the revision of the original estimates, if any, is 
recognised in profit or loss such that the cumulative expense reflects the revised estimate, with a corresponding adjustment to 
equity reserves.

Pension costs
The Company operates a defined contribution pension scheme. The amount charged to the profit and loss account in respect of 
pension costs is the contributions actually payable in the year. Differences between contributions payable and contributions actually 
paid are shown as either accruals or prepayments in the balance sheet.

3. Staff numbers and costs

Monthly average number of persons employed

Staff costs during the year (including directors)
Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Other pension costs 

Remuneration of the highest paid director
Aggregate emoluments

2022
Number
6

2021
Number
6

2022
£000
1,504
235
35
1,774

2022
£000
653
653

2021
£000
1,007
131
34
1,172

2021
£000
500
500

As at 30 April 2022 pension contributions of £2,000 (2021: £2,000) due in respect of the current year had not been paid over to the 
scheme. These were paid over in the following month and within statutory deadlines.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 2022110

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Shareholder Information

Notes to the Company Financial Statements continued

4. Tangible fixed assets

6. Investments

Cost
At 1 May 2021
Additions
Disposals
At 30 April 2022

Depreciation
At 1 May 2021
Charge for the year
Disposals
At 30 April 2022

Net book value
At 30 April 2021
At 30 April 2022

5. Intangible assets

Cost
At 1 May 2021
Additions
At 30 April 2022

Amortisation
At 1 May 2021
Charge for the year
At 30 April 2022

Carrying amount 
At 30 April 2021
At 30 April 2022

Cost
At 1 May 2021
Additions
Waiving of Motive intercompany loan (akin to capital contribution)
Disposal of ITM Motive Limited
Foreign exchange
Share options granted to subsidiary employees 
50% share of loss
Transfers
At 30 April 2022

Provisions for impairment
At 1 May 2021 (restated)
Movement in year
Disposal of ITM Motive Limited
At 30 April 2022

Net book value
At 30 April 2021 (restated)
At 30 April 2022

Loans to 
subsidiary 
undertakings

£000

Investment  
in subsidiary 
undertakings
RESTATED
£000

Investments  
in associates 
and joint 
ventures
£000

11,091
50,088
(4,685)
–
–
–
–
(48,255)

149,327
1,500
4,685
(6,185)
(1)
789
–
48,255

8,239

198,370

11,091
(2,852)
–

8,239

37,334
5,222
(4,685)

37,872

259
338
–
1,500
(22)
–
(10)
–

2,065

–
–
–

–

Total 
£000

160,677
51,926
–
(4,685)
(23)
789
(10)
–

208,674

48,425
2,371
(4,685)

46,111

–

–

111,993

160,498

259

2,065

112,252

162,563

Computer
equipment
£000

205
24
(128)

101

197
11
(128)

80

8

21

Software
£000

22
14

36

14
10
24

8

12

The amortisation period for externally purchased software has been set at three years (in line with our policy for computer equipment).

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 2022111

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Shareholder Information

Notes to the Company Financial Statements continued

6. Investments continued
Interest is charged annually upon intercompany loan balances at a rate of 1% over the Bank of England base rate. During the year, 
previous intercompany debt has been converted into equity in the following amounts:

The Company holds 100% of the ordinary share capital of ITM Power, Inc. a company which is incorporated in California and its 
principal activity is that of the sale of electrolysis equipment and hydrogen storage solutions. Registered office: 2 Bessemer Park, 
Shepcote Lane, Sheffield, S9 1DZ.

Subsidiary company
ITM Power GmbH
ITM Power (Trading) Limited

2022
£000
255
48,000
48,255

2021
£000
3,579
32,699
36,278

As in previous years, a provision for credit losses (IFRS 9) has been made in recognition that the subsidiaries are loss-making and 
therefore unlikely to be able to pay their debt to the parent company in the near term.

A further impairment assessment of the investments has also been undertaken in line with IAS 36 Impairment of Assets. The recoverable 
amount was estimated based on fair value less costs to sell and based on the Group’s market capitalisation less relevant adjustments 
to reflect ITM Power (Trading) Limited is a private company. This triggered a prior year adjustment of £74.7 million to reverse 
previous impairments on this asset. The net book value remaining on investment in subsidiary undertakings, both in this 
financial year and the previous financial year, relates solely to ITM Power (Trading) Limited.

As a result, figures have been restated in both this investment note and the Company Statement of Changes in Equity. The opening 
balance on impairment of subsidiary undertakings has been adjusted by £74.7 million. The opening balance on retained earnings in 
the prior year was adjusted by £50.3 million and the loss for the year as previously reported of £16.9 million has been restated by 
£24.4 million to a reported profit of £7.5 million.

The Company holds 100% of the ordinary share capital of ITM Power (Trading) Limited, a company which is incorporated in England 
and Wales and its principal activity is the development and manufacturing of prototype products.

The Company holds 100% of the ordinary share capital of ITM Power (Research) Limited, a company which is incorporated in 
England and Wales and its principal activity is the research and development of scientific and engineering projects. The company 
was dormant during the year.

ITM Power (Trading) Limited holds 100% of the ordinary share capital of ITM Power Shelfco Limited, a company which is incorporated 
in England and its principal activity is that of the production of drivetrains for use with hydrogen. The company was dormant during 
the year.

All of the above are registered at 2 Bessemer Park, Shepcote Lane, Sheffield, South Yorkshire, S9 1DZ.

The Company holds 100% of the ordinary share capital of ITM Power GmbH, a company which is incorporated in Germany and its 
principal activity is that of the sale of electrolysis equipment and hydrogen storage solutions. Registered office: Am Muehlgraben 6, 
35410 Hungen, Germany.

The Company holds 100% of the ordinary share capital of ITM Power Pty Ltd, a company which is incorporated in Australia and its 
principal activity is that of the sale of electrolysis equipment and hydrogen storage solutions. Registered office: Unit 2 Level 1, 
32 Main Street, Samford Village, Queensland, Australia 4520.

The Company holds 100% of the ordinary share capital of Orkney Hydrogen Trading Limited, a company which is incorporated in 
Scotland and its principal activity is that of the sale of hydrogen. The company was dormant during the year. Registered office: Suite 
2, Ground Floor, Orchard Brae House, 30 Queensferry Road, Edinburgh, EH4 2HS.

The investments in associates and joint ventures are discussed in more detail in Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements but 
relate to the investment in ITM Linde Electrolysis GmbH and in Motive Fuels Limited.

The Company holds 50% of the ordinary share capital of ITM Linde Electrolysis GmbH, a company which is incorporated in Germany 
and its principal activity is that of the sale of large-scale electrolyser solutions. ITM Power and Linde Engineering GmbH both have 
an equal share of the company, although control is deemed to lie with Linde for the purposes of consolidation as they appoint the 
Managing Director. ITM Power does have significant influence however, with representation on the board of directors, and as 
such it is being equity accounted as an investment in associate in these statements. Registered office: Bodenbacher Str. 80, 
01277 Dresden, Germany. 

The Company previously held 100% of the ordinary share capital of ITM Motive Limited, a company which is incorporated in England 
and Wales and its principal activity is the retail sale of automotive fuel in specialised stores. Following incorporation prior to last year 
end, the company remained dormant up until 1 May 2021 when the hydrogen refuelling station operations were transferred from 
ITM Power (Trading) Limited. The company was part of the Group until the end of March 2022, when a joint venture agreement was 
signed with Vitol. As part of the investment agreement and prior to the Vitol transaction, ITM Power PLC waived the intercompany 
loan of £4.7 million. This has been accounted as an impairment during the year.

The entity changed its name to Motive Fuels Limited on completion of the Vitol transaction. ITM Power PLC retained 50% of the 
ordinary share capital. This granted significant influence and joint control through parity in representation on the company’s board 
of directors and rights over its share of the net assets of the business. The Company began accounting for the investment in joint 
venture at cost, including the cost of share capital and capitalised professional fees. ITM Power PLC is subsequently equity 
accounting for its share of the profit or loss.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 2022112

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements Shareholder Information

Notes to the Company Financial Statements continued

7. Debtors: amounts falling due within one year

Prepayments 
Amounts recoverable from employees
Other debtors

2022
£000
389
1,002
88
1,479

2021
£000
318
1,771
28
2,117

The amounts recoverable from employees relate to the extent that Employers’ NIC can be recovered when share options are 
exercised and will off-set the provision in Note 9.

8. Trade and other payables

Trade creditors
Payroll creditors
Intercompany creditor
Accruals and deferred income

9. Provisions

Balance at 1 May 2021
Provision created in the year
Use of the provision
Release in the year
Balance at 30 April 2022

2022
£000
3
47
1,253
401
1,704

2021
£000
119
33
–
459
611

Employers’ NIC on 
share options
£000
(2,919)
–
–
651
(2,268)

10. Share capital and reserves
The movements on share capital and share premium accounts are disclosed in Note 24 to the consolidated financial statements.

The Company’s other reserve is the profit and loss reserve which represents cumulative profits or losses, net of dividends paid and 
other adjustments.

11. Related party transactions
The Company has taken advantage of the exemption included in FRS101 ‘Related Party Disclosures’ for wholly-owned subsidiaries 
not to disclose transactions with entities that are part of the Group qualifying as related parties. 

The balances with both ILE and Motive are shown under Investments in associate and joint ventures in Note 6 and the transactions 
with those entities are described more fully in Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements. These were the only transactions 
made with those entities in the year.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 2022113

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Glossary

Term
AIM

AQRT

BAYE
BEIS
blue hydrogen

Meaning
the Alternative Investment Market operated by the London Stock 
Exchange
the Audit Quality Review Team from the UK Financial 
Reporting Council
ITM Power PLC Buy As You Earn Plan (a SIP)
UK Department for Business, Energy and Industrial Strategy
hydrogen derived from natural gas through the process of steam 
methane reforming – however, this produces CO2 which must 
then be captured and safely stored
German Federal Ministry of Education and Research
the board of directors of ITM Power PLC
carbon capture and storage
Chief Executive Officer
Contract for Difference
Chief Financial Officer
carbon dioxide

BMBF
Board (the)
CCS
CEO
CfD
CFO
CO2
Companies Act UK Companies Act 2006
Company (the)
COP26

ITM Power PLC, registered in England and Wales number 5059407
26th session of the UN Climate Change Conference of the Parties that 
took place from 31 October to 13 November 2021 in Glasgow, Scotland
27th session of the UN Climate Change Conference of the Parties 
taking place from 7 to 18 November 2022 in Egypt
the coronavirus disease-19
Chief Technology Officer
earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation
equity, diversity and inclusion
enterprise management incentive
engineering, procurement and construction

COP27

COVID-19
CTO
EBITDA
EDI
EMI
EPC

Meaning
environmental, social and governance
European Union
EU Fuel Cells and Hydrogen Joint Undertaking 
front end engineering design
final investment decision
first in, first out
Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income
freedom-to-operate
the financial year ended 30 April 2021
the financial year ended 30 April 2022
the financial year ending 30 April 2023
current generation 2.5 MW stack platform
greenhouse gas(es)

Term
ESG
EU
FCH-JU
FEED
FID
FIFO
FVOCI
FTO
FY21
FY22
FY23
GEP
GHG
green hydrogen hydrogen created solely from renewable energy and water through 
the process of electrolysis; this results in a clean, zero-emission fuel
the most common form of hydrogen, produced by reforming 
natural gas (methane); this results in substantial carbon emissions
the group of companies headed by ITM Power PLC
gigawatt (one billion watts, 109 watts)
health, safety and environment
International Energy Agency
Institute for Energy Economics and Financial Analysis
ITM Linde Electrolysis GmbH, our joint venture with Linde
intellectual property
EU ‘important project of common European interest’
ITM Power PLC Long Term Incentive Plan
current generation 0.7 MW stack platform

Group (the)
GW
HSE
IEA
IEEFA
ILE
IP
IPCEI
LTIP
MEP

grey hydrogen

Term
Motive

MW
NED
NIC
NOMAD
PEM
PGM
QCA Code (the)
R&D
RIDDOR

SDGs
SIP

SMR
SONIA
SOP
stack
STEM
TCFD
TSR
UK
UN
US IRA
WIP

Meaning
Motive Fuels Limited (formerly ITM Motive Limited, our 
joint venture with Vitol), registered in England and Wales 
number 13290733
megawatt (one million watts, 106 watts)
Non-Executive Director
National Insurance Contributions
nominated advisor
proton exchange membrane
platinum group metal(s)
The Quoted Companies Alliance Corporate Governance Code 2018 
research and development
UK Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences 
Regulations 2013
UN Sustainable Development Goals
share incentive plan, a type of tax-advantaged all-employee share 
plan offered to eligible UK employees
steam methane reformer
Sterling Overnight Index Average
ITM Power PLC Share Option Plan: EMI and Unapproved 
a stack of cells that perform electrolysis
science, technology, engineering and maths
Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures 
total shareholder return
United Kingdom
United Nations
US Inflation Reduction Act of 2022
work-in-progress

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 2022114

Overview Strategic Report Governance Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Officers, Professional Advisors and Useful Contacts

Officers
Directors:

Executive Committee:

See biographies from page 41

Dr Graham Cooley, CEO
Andy Allen, CFO
Dr Simon Bourne, CTO
Dr Rachel Smith, Services Director
Tim Calver, Commercial Director
Martin Clay, Operations Director
Chris Yewdall, Projects Director

Useful contacts
Registered office:

Registrar:

2 Bessemer Park
Sheffield
S9 1DZ

Link Group
10th Floor
Central Square
29 Wellington Street
Leeds
LS1 4DL

Investor Relations:

James Collins, Justin Scarborough

Marketing and Press:

Sharon Poulter

Telephone: +44 (0)371 664 03001
Email: shareholderenquiries@linkgroup.co.uk

Advisors
Nominated advisor 
and broker:

External auditor:

Investec Bank plc
30 Gresham Street
London
EC2V 7QP

Grant Thornton UK LLP
1 Holly Street
Sheffield
S1 2GT

Credits
Designed and produced by Gather
Gather.London

Printed by Pureprint Group, a Carbon Neutral® company.
This document was printed using Pureprint® environmental 
printing technology. 99% of the dry waste and 95% of cleaning 
solvents associated with the production were recycled.

This document is printed on Revive 100% Recycled Silk from 
Denmaur Paper. Denmaur have offset the carbon produced 
in the manufacturing process and delivery to Pureprint. 
The paper and printing are carbon neutral.

Both the paper mill and printer are registered to the 
Environmental Management System ISO 14001 and are 
Forest Stewardship Council® (FSC) chain-of-custody certified.

CBP00019082504183028

1 

 Calls are charged at the standard geographic rate and will vary by provider. Calls outside the UK are charged at the applicable international rate. 
Lines are open between 09:00 and 17:30 Monday to Friday, excluding public holidays in England and Wales.

ITM Power PLC Annual Report 2022 
 
ITM Power PLC
2 Bessemer Park
Sheffield
S9 1DZ

Designed and produced by Gather
Gather.london